Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / Provident Financial Holdings, Inc.

Provident Financial Holdings, Inc.

prov · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker prov
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 94
← All annual reports
FY2004 Annual Report · Provident Financial Holdings, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Provident Financial Holdings, Inc.

TM

2004 Annual Report

Message From the Chairman

Net Income (In Thousands)

$20,000

$15,000

$10,000

$5,000

$0

Net Income

2000
$7,256

2001
$8,886

2002
$9,109

2003
$16,889

2004
$15,069

Diluted Earnings Per Share (EPS)

$4.00

$3.00

$2.00

$1.00

$0.00

Diluted EPS

2000
$0.87

2001
$1.10

2002
$1.12

2003
$2.20

2004
$2.09

Return on Stockholders’ Equity

20.00%

15.00%

10.00%

5.00%

0.00%

ROE

2000
8.38%

2001
9.52%

2002
9.05%

2003
16.51%

2004
14.13%

Dear Shareholders,

I  am  pleased  to  forward  our  Annual  Report  for  fiscal  2004,
which describes another outstanding year for our Company. Net
income was  $15.07 million, or $2.09 per diluted share, and our
return  on  equity  was  14.1%. More  importantly, we  were  once
again able to grow our Company to a record $1.32 billion in total
assets primarily by serving the high growth communities of the
Inland Empire in Southern California. Our results continue to be
reflected in the stock price of our Company. The price appreciat-
ed 21% during fiscal 2004 closing at $23.65 per share on June 30,
2004, up from $19.56 per share on June 30, 2003.

Last year in the Chairman’s Message, I described four major
strategies  for  fiscal  2004: significant  yet  prudent  growth  of  our
loan  portfolio, significant  growth  in  transaction  accounts  (core
deposits), aggressive operating expense control and sound capi-
tal management techniques. I am pleased to report that we have
accomplished  meaningful  progress  in  connection  with  each  of
these strategies. Specifically, our loan portfolio grew by 16% dur-
ing  the  year  while  our  credit  quality  remained  excellent.
Transaction accounts grew by 21% during the year, contributing
to a 15% increase in deposit account fee income and operating
expenses were held to a modest increase of 3% for the year. As
for capital management, we repurchased 512,769 shares of stock
as  a  result  of  our  stock  repurchase  programs  and  we  increased
our quarterly cash dividend, twice during the year, from $0.03 per
share when we began the year to the current $0.10 per share.

Provident Bank

We continue to improve our core operations by refining our
strategies and improving upon their execution. The percentage
of investment securities to total assets continues to decline, the
percentage of loans held for investment to total assets continues
to  increase, and  the  percentage  of  transaction  accounts  (core
deposits) to total deposits continues to increase. These initiatives
and  the  overall  growth  of  our  Company  resulted  in  a  29%
increase in pre-tax income in our community banking business in
comparison to last year.

We continue to explore branching opportunities within the
Inland Empire and analyze possible branch locations on an ongo-
ing  basis. Our  newest  branch  in  the  Orangecrest  area  of
Riverside, California opened in August 2003 and in less than one
year  has  grown  to  $13.5  million  in  deposits  and  over  1,200
accounts.

Provident Bank Mortgage

Fiscal 2004 has proven to be a transition year for mortgage
banking  with  progressively  higher  interest  rates  during  the
course  of  the  year  in  comparison  to  the  prior  year, resulting  in
lower loan origination volume. We adjusted our strategy early in
the year and made significant progress in changing the product
composition of loans originated for sale, from lower margin prod-
ucts such as conforming 30-year fixed rate loans to higher mar-
gin products such as alt-A fixed, alt-A adjustable and second trust

deed loans. Our efforts were successful as demonstrated by the
fact  that  our  loan  sale  margin  improved  to  1.54%  in  the  fourth
quarter of the year compared to 1.14% in the first quarter of the
year. These  efforts  will  continue  to  serve  us  well, particularly  if
interest rates continue to rise.

The Year Ahead

Our Business Plan for fiscal 2005 builds on our success this
year and continues to emphasize the strategies implemented in
previous years.
In our community banking business: significant
yet  prudent  growth  of  our  loan  portfolio, significant  growth  in
transaction accounts (core deposits), operating expense control
and  sound  capital  management  techniques.
In  our  mortgage
banking  business: emphasis  on  high  margin  loan  products,
emphasis  on  purchase-money  loan  production  and  operating
expense  adjustments  commensurate  with  loan  origination  vol-
ume. We believe that successful execution of these strategies will
deliver  superior  operating  results  and  fulfill  our  promise  to
enhance shareholder value.

A Final Word 

Recently, I came across an article that describes what I have
known  for  a  considerable  period  of  time. Our  Company  has  a
unique  opportunity  to  grow  by  participating  in  the  strong
growth of the Inland Empire. The article, Top 25 Cities for Doing
Business in America (1) written by Joel Kotkin and published in
the  March  2004  edition  of  Inc. Magazine, ranked  the  Inland
Empire second of all large cities or regions. The most impressive
point about the Inland Empire being so high on the list was the
criteria used to generate the rankings. According to the article,
“Inc. measured current-year employment growth in more than 250
regions (as defined by the Bureau of Labor Statistics) as well as cur-
rent trends in the annual average growth over the past three years,
and  compared  employment  expansion  in  the  first  half  versus  the
second  half  of  the  last  decade.
Job  growth  factors  account  for
approximately two-thirds of the final score for each city and the bal-
ance among industries accounts for approximately one-third of the
final score.” The article went on to state, “Regions that consistent-
ly generate jobs in a broad range of industries rank at the top of the
list. Those  with  poor  and  worsening  job  growth  and  increasingly
undiversified economies do less well in the rankings.” Our Company
is well positioned to serve Inland Empire industries, the workers
they  employ  and  others  that  live  in  the  region  for  affordability
reasons.

Sincerely,

Craig. G. Blunden
Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer

(1) By Joel Kotkin, (c) 2004 Gruner + Jahr USA Publishing.
First published in Inc. Magazine. Reprinted with permission.

Total Assets (In Millions)

$1,500

$1,000

$500

$0

Total Assets

2000
$1,148

2001
$1,117

2002
$1,005

2003
$1,262

2004
$1,319

Total Portfolio Loans (In Millions)

$1,000

$800

$600

$400

$200

$0

Portfolio Loans

2000
$825

2001
$697

2002
$594

2003
$744

2004
$863

Total Deposits (In Millions)

$1,000

$800

$600

$400

$200

$0

Total Deposits

2000
$696

2001
$730

2002
$677

2003
$754

2004
$851

Financial Highlights

The following tables set forth information concerning the consolidated financial position and results of opera-
tions of the Corporation and its subsidiary at the dates and for the periods indicated.

(In thousands, except 
per share information)

Financial Condition Data:

At or for the year ended June 30,

2004

2003

2002

2001

2000

Total assets ....................................................

$ 1,319,035 

$ 1,261,506 

$ 1,005,318

$ 1,117,226

$ 1,147,804 

Loans held for investment, net ..............

862,535

744,219

593,554

697,191

824,747 

Loans held for sale ......................................

Receivable from sale of loans ................

Cash and cash equivalents ......................

Investment securities ................................

Deposits ..........................................................

Borrowings ....................................................

Stockholders' equity ..................................

Book value per share..................................

Tangible book value per share ..............

20,127

86,480

38,349 

252,580 

851,039 

324,877

109,982 

15.51

15.49

4,247

114,902

48,851

297,111

754,106 

367,938

106,878

14.29

14.26

1,747 

67,241

27,700 

271,948

677,448

202,466

103,031 

12.57

12.57

2,175

137,286 

26,839

204,498

730,041

265,830

97,258

11.34

11.34

1,505 

51,482 

18,965 

199,616 

696,458 

341,668 

88,967 

10.08

10.07

Operating Data:

Interest income ............................................

$

62,151 

$

59,856 

$

65,668 

$

80,797 

$

7,696

Interest expense ..........................................

Net interest income....................................

Provision for loan losses ..........................

Net interest income after provision ....

Loan servicing and other fees ................

Gain on sale of loans, net..........................

Deposit account fees ................................

Gain on sale of investment securities..

Other non-interest income......................

Real estate operations, net ......................

Operating expenses ..................................

Income before income taxes ..................

Provision for income taxes ......................

25,919 

36,232 

819

35,413

2,292

14,346

1,986

-

1,278

251

28,780

26,786

11,717

Net income ....................................................

$ 15,069

Basic earnings per share ..........................

Diluted earnings per share ......................

Cash dividend per share ..........................

$

$

$

2.24 

2.09

0.33

$

$

$

$

28,413

31,443

1,055

30,388

1,845

19,200

1,734

694

1,567

731

27,913

28,246

11,357

16,889

2.37

2.20

0.13

39,188 

26,480

525

25,955

2,178

10,139

1,641

544

1,247

693

26,806

15,591

6,482

9,109

1.18

1.12

$

$

$

54,456

26,341

-

48,725

28,971

250 

26,341

28,721

2,088

8,033

1,330

248

1,398

870

25,068

15,240 

6,354

8,886

1.13

1.10 

$

$

$

2,673

3,248 

922

(5)

1,420 

544 

24,957 

12,566 

5,310 

7,256 

0.89 

0.87 

-

$

$

$

$           

-

$         

-

Financial Highlights

At or for the year ended June 30,

2004

2003

2002

2001

2000

Key Operating Ratios:

Performance Ratios

Return on assets........................................................

1.17

1.47%        

0.86%

Return on stockholders’ equity............................

14.13

16.51

9.05

0.78%

9.52

0.65%

8.38

Net interest rate spread..........................................

Net interest margin ..................................................

2.82

2.97

2.74         

2.32         

2.07         

2.41      

2.94         

2.62         

2.43         

2.70       

Average interest-earning assets to              

average interest-bearing liabilities ................ 107.01

107.31

107.81

107.06

106.55

Operating and administrative expenses               

as a percentage of average total assets ......

2.24

2.44

2.52

2.20

Efficiency ratio............................................................

51.04

48.79       

62.45       

62.19      

Equity to asset ratio ................................................

8.34

8.47       

10.25         

8.71         

2.23

66.51

7.75

Regulatory Capital Ratios

Tangible capital ........................................................

Tier 1 leverage capital ............................................

6.90

6.90

6.50         

8.92        

7.47         

6.56

6.50         

8.92         

7.47         

6.56       

Total risk-based capital ..........................................

12.39

13.01       

18.01       

14.89       

13.42  

Tier 1 risk-based capital..........................................

11.40

11.97       

16.78       

13.78       

12.23     

Asset Quality Ratios

Non-accrual and 90 days or more              

past due loans as a percentage of               

loans held for investment, net ........................

0.13

0.20

0.22         

0.22         

0.09      

Non-performing assets as a percentage

of total assets ........................................................

0.08

0.16         

0.16         

0.15         

0.16

Allowance for loan losses as a

percentage of loans held for               

investment..............................................................

0.88

0.96         

1.10        

0.86        

0.82       

Allowance for loan losses as a

percentage of non-performing loans .......... 701.75

480.56     

498.79     

402.65     

898.95   

Net charge-offs to average

outstanding loans ................................................

0.05

0.06

-         

0.09         

0.01         

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C.  20549 

(Mark one) 

FORM 10-K 

[X] 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE 
ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004 

[  ] 

TRANSITION  REPORT  PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  13  OR  15(d)  OF  THE  SECURITIES 
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

Commission File Number: 000-28304 

PROVIDENT FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Delaware                                                         
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation 
or organization) 

3756 Central Avenue, Riverside, California   
(Address of principal executive offices)  

         33-0704889       

 (I.R.S. Employer 
Identification  Number) 

             92506    
      (Zip Code) 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:  (951) 686-6060 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: 

Common Stock, par value $.01 per share 
(Title of Class) 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of 
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant 
was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.   
YES  X      NO      . 

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  disclosure  of  delinquent  filers  pursuant  to  Item  405  of  Regulation  S-K  is  not 
contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or other 
information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendments to this Form 10-
K. [  ] 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2).  
YES  X      NO      . 

As  of  September  3,  2004,  there  were  6,981,029  shares  of  the  Registrant’s  common  stock  issued  and  outstanding.  
The  Registrant’s  common  stock  is  listed  on  the  National  Market  System  of  the  Nasdaq  Stock  Market  under  the 
symbol “PROV.”  The aggregate market value of the common stock held by nonaffiliates of the Registrant, based on 
the closing sales price of the Registrant’s common stock as quoted on the Nasdaq Stock Market on December 31, 
2003, was $174.7 million.  On December 19, 2003, the Corporation declared a 3-for-2 stock split distributed in the 
form of a 50% stock dividend paid on February 2, 2004 to shareholders of record on January 15, 2004.  All share 
and per share information in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and related discussion have been 
restated to reflect the stock split.   

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement for the fiscal 2004 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (“Proxy Statement”) 
are incorporated by reference into Part III. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
    
 
 
  
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROVIDENT FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. 
Table of Contents 

       Page 

PART I 

Item  1. Business ……………………………………………………………………………………………..       
Item  2. Properties ……………………………………………………………………………………………. 
Item  3. Legal Proceedings …………………………………………………………………………………… 
Item  4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders ………………………………………………. 

PART II 

Item  5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholders Matters and Issuer Purchases of  

Equity Securities …………………………………………………………………………………….. 
Item  6. Selected Financial Data ……………………………………………………………………………… 
Item  7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ……….. 
Item  7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk …………………………………….. 
Item  8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ……………………………………………………… 
Item  9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure ……….. 
Item 9A. Control and Procedures ……………………………………………………………………………. 
Item 9B. Other Information ………………………………………………………………………………….. 

 PART III 

Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant …………………………………………………. 
Item 11. Executive Compensation …………………………………………………………………………….. 
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder  

Matters ………………………………………………………………………………………………. 
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions …………………………………………………….. 
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services ………………………………………………….…………. 

PART IV 

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K ……………………………….. 

Signatures …………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 

  1 
37 
37 
37 

38 
39 
39 
51 
54 
54 
54 
54 

54 
55 

55 
56 
56 

56 

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1.  Business 

General 

PART I 

Provident Financial Holdings, Inc. (the “Corporation”), a Delaware corporation, was organized in January 1996 for 
the  purpose  of  becoming  the  holding  company  for  Provident  Savings  Bank,  F.S.B.  (the  “Bank”)  upon  the  Bank’s 
conversion from a federal mutual to a federal stock savings bank (“Conversion”).  The Conversion was completed 
on June 27, 1996.  At June 30, 2004, the Corporation had total assets of $1.3 billion, total deposits of $851.0 million 
and stockholders’ equity of $110.0 million.  The Corporation has not engaged in any significant activity other than 
holding the stock of the Bank.  Accordingly, the information set forth in this report, including financial statements 
and related data, relates primarily to the Bank and its subsidiaries. 

The  Corporation,  from  time  to  time,  may  repurchase  its  common  stock  as  a  way  to  enhance  the  Corporation’s 
earnings per share.  The Corporation considers the repurchase of its common stock if the market value of the stock is 
lower than its book value and/or the Corporation believes that the current stock price is under-valued as compared to 
its  current  and  future  income  projections.    Consideration  is  also  given  to  the  Corporation’s  liquidity,  capital 
requirements  and  its  future  capital  needs  based  on  the  Corporation’s  current  business  plans.    The  Corporation’s 
Board of Directors authorizes each stock repurchase program, the duration of which is typically one year.  Once the 
stock  repurchase  program  is  authorized,  management  may  repurchase  the  common  stock  from  time  to  time  in  the 
open market, depending upon market conditions and the factors described above.   

The Bank, founded in 1956, is a federally chartered stock savings bank headquartered in Riverside, California.  The 
Bank is regulated by the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”), its primary federal regulator, and the Federal Deposit 
Insurance  Corporation  (“FDIC”),  the  insurer  of  its  deposits.    The  Bank’s  deposits  are  federally  insured  up  to 
applicable  limits  by  the  FDIC  under  the  Savings  Association  Insurance  Fund  (“SAIF”).  The  Bank  has  been  a 
member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) System since 1956. 

The Bank is a financial services company committed to serving consumers and small to mid-sized businesses in the 
Inland  Empire  region  of  Southern  California.    The  Bank  conducts  its  business  operations  as  Provident  Bank  and, 
Provident Bank Mortgage, and through its subsidiary, Provident Financial Corp.  The business activities of the Bank 
consist of community banking, mortgage banking, investment services and real estate operations. 

The Bank’s operations primarily consist of accepting deposits from customers within the communities surrounding 
its full service offices and investing those funds in single-family, multi-family, commercial real estate, construction, 
commercial business, consumer and other loans.  Mortgage banking activities consist of the origination and sale of 
mortgage  loans  secured  by  single-family  residences  and  consumer  loans.    Through  its  subsidiary,  Provident 
Financial Corp, the Bank conducts real estate operations and previously offered investment and insurance services.  
Effective September 1, 2003, the Bank began offering investment and insurance services directly, instead of through 
its  subsidiary.    The  Bank’s  revenues  are  derived  principally  from  interest  earned  on  its  loan  and  investment 
portfolios, and fees generated through its community banking and mortgage banking activities. 

Subsequent Events: 

Cash  Dividends.    On  July  22,  2004,  the  Corporation  announced  a  cash  dividend  of  $0.10  per  share  on  the 
Corporation’s outstanding shares of common stock for shareholders of record at the close of business on August 17, 
2004, payable on September 10, 2004.  The Board of Directors of the Bank declared a $2.75 million cash dividend 
to the Corporation, which was paid on August 23, 2004. 

1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Market Area 

The Bank is headquartered in Riverside, California and operates 11 full-service banking offices in Riverside County 
and one full-service banking office in San Bernardino County.  Management considers Riverside and Western San 
Bernardino  Counties  to  be  the  Bank’s  primary  market  for  deposits.    Through  the  operations  of  Provident  Bank 
Mortgage  (“PBM”),  the  Bank  has  expanded  its  retail  lending  market  to  include  a  larger  portion  of  Southern 
California.  Currently,  there  are  nine  stand-alone  PBM  loan  production  offices  located  in  Los  Angeles,  Orange, 
Riverside  and  San  Bernardino  counties.    PBM’s  loan  production  offices  include  a  wholesale  loan  department 
through which the Bank maintains a network of loan correspondents.  Most of the Bank’s business is conducted in 
the communities surrounding its full-service branches and loan production offices. 

The  large  geographic  area  encompassing  Riverside  and  San  Bernardino  Counties  is  referred  to  as  the  “Inland 
Empire.”  According to 2000 Census Bureau population statistics, Riverside and San Bernardino Counties have the 
sixth and fifth largest county populations in California, respectively.  The Bank’s market area consists primarily of 
suburban and urban communities.  Western Riverside and San Bernardino Counties are relatively densely populated 
and are within the greater Los Angeles metropolitan area.  The Inland Empire has enjoyed economic strength over 
the  past  several  years.    Many  corporations  are  moving  their  offices  and  warehouses  to  the  Inland  Empire,  which 
offers  more  affordable  sites  and  more  affordable  housing  for  their  employees.    This  trend  has  resulted  in  a 
significant improvement in real estate property values.  The slowdown in the national economy has had the effect of 
slowing the economy in the Inland Empire but has not resulted in the downturn seen in many parts of the country.  
The unemployment rate in the Inland Empire in June 2004 was at 5.8%, compared to 6.2% in California and 5.6% 
nationwide.  

Competition 

The Bank faces significant competition in its market area in originating real estate loans and attracting deposits.  The 
rapid population growth in Riverside County has attracted numerous financial institutions to the Bank’s market area.  
The  Bank’s  primary  competitors  are  large  regional  and  super-regional  commercial  banks  as  well  as  other 
community-oriented banks and savings institutions.  The Bank also faces competition from credit unions and a large 
number  of  mortgage  companies  that  operate  within  its  market  area.    Many  of  these  institutions  are  significantly 
larger  than  the  Bank  and  therefore  have  greater  financial  and  marketing  resources  than  the  Bank.    The  Bank’s 
mortgage banking operations also face strong competition from other mortgage bankers and brokers as well as other 
financial institutions.  This competition may limit the Bank’s growth and profitability in the future. 

Personnel 

As of June 30, 2004, the Bank had 328 full-time equivalent employees, which consisted of 264 full-time, 59 prime-
time,  30  part-time  and  five  temporary  employees.    The  employees  are  not  represented by a collective bargaining 
unit and the Bank believes that its relationship with employees is good. 

Lending Activities 

General.  The lending activity of the Bank is predominately comprised of the origination of conventional mortgage 
loans secured by single-family residential properties.  The Bank also originates multi-family, commercial real estate, 
construction,  commercial  business,  consumer  and  other  loans  for  its  portfolio.    The  Bank’s  net  loans  held  for 
investment  were  $862.5  million  at  June  30,  2004,  representing  approximately  65.4%  of  consolidated  total  assets.  
This compares to $744.2 million, or 59.0% of consolidated total assets, at June 30, 2003. 

2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loan Portfolio Analysis.  The following table sets forth the composition of the Bank’s loan portfolio at the dates indicated. 

2004 
    Amount     Percent 

2003 
  Amount     Percent 

At June 30, 
2002 
  Amount     Percent 

2001 

2000 

  Amount  

  Percent 

  Amount  

  Percent 

(Dollars In Thousands) 

Mortgage loans: 

 Single-family ……………... 
  $ 620,087 
       68,804 
 Multi-family ……………… 
 Commercial real estate …… 
       99,919 
 Construction …………….…       136,265 
 Total mortgage loans ……...       925,075 

65.48 %  $ 531,255   

7.27 
10.55 
14.39 
97.69 

      49,699 
      89,666   
    118,784 
    789,404 

64.89 %  $ 431,900   
       35,436   
       62,509   
       97,934   
     627,779   

6.07 
10.95 
14.51 
96.42 

65.80 %  $ 554,621 
     37,352 
     48,208 
     61,889 
   702,070 

5.40 
9.52 
14.92 
95.64 

75.86 %  $ 697,246 
       41,437 
       45,907 
       47,011 
     831,601 

5.11 
6.59 
8.46 
96.02 

81.63 % 
4.85 
5.37 
5.50 
97.35 

Commercial business loans ……         13,770 
     730 
Consumer loans ………………. 
Other loans …………………….           7,371 

1.45 
0.08 
0.78 

      22,489 

1,086   

        5,724 

2.75 
0.13 
0.70 

       24,024   
     1,153   
         3,455   

3.66 
0.17 
0.53 

     25,441 
     1,911 
       1,723 

3.48 
0.26 
0.24 

       19,721 
     1,488 
         1,402 

2.31 
0.18 
0.16 

 Total loans held for 
   investment ………………. 

    946,946 

  100.00 %    818,703 

  100.00 %     656,411    100.00 % 

   731,145 

  100.00 %     854,212 

  100.00 % 

Undisbursed loan funds…….…. 
Deferred loan costs (fees) …….. 
Unearned discounts ……………   
Allowance for loan losses …….. 

      (78,137 ) 
         1,340  
           -  
        (7,614 ) 

     (67,868 ) 
           602  
           -  
       (7,218 ) 

   (56,237 ) 
          (27 ) 
          (14 ) 
     (6,579 ) 

   (27,917 ) 
        51  
          (20 ) 
     (6,068 ) 

       (23,407 ) 
       813  
              (21 ) 
         (6,850 ) 

 Total loans held for 
    investment, net …………. 

Loans held for sale, at lower of 

  $ 862,535 

 $ 744,219   

  $ 593,554   

  $ 697,191 

  $ 824,747  

  cost or market ……………….. 

  $   20,127 

 $     4,247 

  $     1,747   

  $     2,175 

  $     1,505 

3 

  
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
   
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Maturity of Loans Held for Investment.  The following table sets forth information at June 30, 2004 regarding the 
dollar  amount  of  principal  payments  becoming  contractually  due  during  the  periods  indicated  for  loans  held  for 
investment.    Demand  loans,  loans  having  no  stated  schedule  of  principal  payments  and  no  stated  maturity,  and 
overdrafts are reported as becoming due within one year.  The table does not include any estimate of prepayments, 
which significantly shorten the average life of loans held for investment and may cause the Bank’s actual principal 
payment experience to differ from that shown below. 

  After 
  One Year   
  Through 
  Within 
  One Year    3 Years 

After 
3 Years 
  Through 
5 Years 

After  
5 Years 
  Through 
  10 Years 

  Beyond 
  10 Years 

  Total 

(In Thousands) 

Mortgage loans: 

 Single-family ……….……..   
 Multi-family ……………….   
 Commercial real estate ……            2,075   
      3,139   
 Construction ……………….          83,927          13,223   

 $   6,769   
        -            3,883              4,541   

 $   1,113   

 $        33   

          -   

 $   2,959   

 $ 609,213     $ 620,087 
        3,020            57,360           68,804 
3,988            77,601            13,116           99,919 
136,265 
          -            39,115   
13,770 
-   
         730 
        730   
7,371 
-   

      5,917            1,869              2,054              3,930   
          -   
          -   

           -   
4,115            3,093   

          -   
          163   

           -   

Commercial business loans ……   
Consumer loans ………………..   
Other loans …………………….   

 Total loans held for 
   investment ………………. 

 $ 96,067   

 $ 26,320   

 $ 17,515   

 $ 87,510   

 $ 719,534    $ 946,946 

The following table sets forth the dollar amount of all loans held for investment due after June 30, 2005 which have 
fixed and have floating or adjustable interest rates. 

  Fixed-Rate 

  Floating or 
  Adjustable 

Rate 

(In Thousands) 

Mortgage loans: 

Single-family …………………….. 
 Multi-family ……………………… 
 Commercial real estate …………… 
 Construction ………………………. 
Commercial business loans ……………. 
Consumer loans ………………………... 
Other loans …………………………….. 
 Total loans held for investment …... 

 $    5,748 
           2,339 
        871 
      37,305 
3,947 
     - 
        3,256 
 $ 53,466 

 $ 614,307 
                 66,465 
                 96,973 
                 15,033 
              3,905 
               730 
              - 
 $ 797,413 

Scheduled contractual principal payments of loans do not reflect the actual life of such assets.  The average life of 
loans is substantially less than their contractual terms because of prepayments.  In addition, due-on-sale clauses on 
loans  generally  give  the  Bank  the  right  to  declare  loans  immediately  due  and  payable  in  the  event,  among  other 
things,  the  borrower  sells  the  real  property  subject  to  the  mortgage.    The  average  life  of  mortgage  loans  tends  to 
increase, however, when current interest rates are substantially higher than the interest rates on existing loans held 
for  investment  and,  conversely,  decrease  when  the  interest  rates  on  existing  loans  held  for  investment  are 
substantially higher than current interest rates. 

Single-Family  Mortgage  Loans.    The  Bank’s  predominant lending activity is the origination of loans secured by 
first mortgages on owner-occupied, single-family (one to four units) residences in the communities where the Bank 
has established full service branches and loan production offices.  At June 30, 2004, total single-family loans held 
for investment increased to $620.1 million, or 65.5% of the total loans held for investment from $531.3 million, or 

4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
64.9% of the total loans held for investment at June 30, 2003.  The increase in the single-family loans in fiscal 2004 
was primarily attributable to $409.4 million of new loan originations, partly offset by loan prepayments.  

The Bank’s residential mortgage loans are generally underwritten and documented in accordance with the guidelines 
established  by  the  Federal  Home  Loan  Mortgage  Corporation  (“FHLMC”)  and  the  Federal  National  Mortgage 
Association  (“FNMA”).    All  government  insured  loans  are  generally  underwritten  and  documented  in  accordance 
with the guidelines established by the Department of Housing and Urban Development (“HUD”) and the Veterans’ 
Administration  (“VA”).    The  Bank’s  loan  underwriters  are  approved  as  underwriters  under  HUD’s  delegated 
underwriter program. 

The  Bank  offers  closed-end,  fixed-rate  home  equity  loans  that  are  secured  by  the  borrower’s  primary  residence.  
These loans do not exceed 100% of the appraised value of the residence and have terms of up to 15 years requiring 
monthly  payments  of  principal  and  interest.    The  Bank  also  offers  secured  lines  of  credit,  which  are  generally 
secured by a second mortgage on the borrower’s primary residence.  Secured lines of credit have an interest rate that 
is  typically  one  to  two  percentage  points  above  the  prime  lending  rate,  as  published  in  The  Wall  Street  Journal, 
while  the  rate  on  unsecured  lines  of credit (overdraft protection) is ten percentage points above the prime lending 
rate.  At June 30, 2004, home equity loans amounted to $5.0 million or 0.8% of single-family loans as compared to 
$8.5 million or 1.6% of single-family loans at June 30, 2003. 

The  Bank  offers  adjustable  rate  mortgage  (“ARM”)  loans  at  rates  and  terms  competitive  with  market  conditions.  
Substantially all of the ARM loans originated by the Bank meet the underwriting standards of the secondary market.  
The Bank offers several ARM products, which adjust semi-annually, or annually after an initial fixed period ranging 
from three months to five years subject to a limitation on the annual increase of one to two percentage points and an 
overall limitation of three to six percentage points.  The ARM loans in the Bank’s loans held for investment utilize 
the London Interbank Offered Rate index (“LIBOR”), the FHLB eleventh district cost of funds index (“COFI”), the 
12-month  average  Treasury  index  (“12  MAT”)  or  the  weekly  average  yield  on  one  year  U.S.  Treasury  securities 
adjusted to a constant maturity of one year index (“CMT”), plus a margin of 2.00% to 3.25%.  Loans based on the 
LIBOR constitute a majority of the Bank’s loans held for investment.  Currently, the Bank does not originate COFI 
indexed  loans  but  emphasizes  products  based  on  the  one  year  CMT  and  LIBOR,  which  respond  more  quickly  to 
immediate changes in interest rates.  The majority of the ARM loans held for investment, at the present time, have 
three- or five-year fixed periods prior to the first adjustment.  Loans of this type have embedded interest rate risk if 
interest rates should rise during the initial fixed rate period. 

As of June 30, 2004, the Bank had $107.1 million in mortgage loans that may be subject to negative amortization, 
compared  to  $91.9  million  at  June  30,  2003.    Negative  amortization  involves  a  greater  risk  to  the  Bank,  because 
during  a  period  of  high  interest  rates,  the  loan  principal  balance  may  increase  by  up to 115% of the original loan 
amount.    However,  the  Bank  believes  that  the  risk  of  default  is  reduced  by  the  stability  provided  by  payment 
schedules  and  has  historically  found  that  its  origination  of  negative  amortization  loans  has  not  resulted  in  higher 
amounts of non-performing loans.  Borrower demand for ARM loans versus fixed-rate mortgage loans is a function 
of the level of interest rates, the expectations of changes in the level of interest rates and the difference between the 
initial interest rates and fees charged for each type of loan.  The relative amount of fixed-rate mortgage loans and 
ARM loans that can be originated at any time is largely determined by the demand for each in a given interest rate 
and competitive environment. 

The  retention  of  ARM  loans,  rather  than  fixed-rate  loans,  helps  to  reduce  exposure  to  changes  in  interest  rates.  
There are, however, unquantifiable credit risks resulting from the potential of increased interest charges to be paid 
by the customer as a result of increases in interest rates.  It is possible that, during periods of rising interest rates, the 
risk of default on ARM loans may increase as a result of the increase in the required payment from the borrower.  
Furthermore, the risk of default may increase because ARM loans originated by the Bank occasionally provide, as a 
marketing incentive, for initial rates of interest below those rates that would apply if the adjustment index plus the 
applicable margin were initially used for pricing.  Such loans are subject to increased risks of default or delinquency.  
Another  consideration  is  that  although  ARM  loans  allow  the  Bank  to  decrease  the  sensitivity  of  its  asset  due  to 
changes in the interest rates, the extent of this interest sensitivity is limited by the periodic and lifetime interest rate 
adjustment  limits.    In  addition  to  fully  amortizing  ARM  loans,  the  Bank  has  interest-only  ARM  loans,  which 
typically  have  a  fixed  interest  rate  for  the  first  two  to  five  years  followed  by  an  adjustable  interest  rate  and  full 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
amortization  for  the  remaining  term.    As  of  June  30,  2004  and  2003,  the  interest-only  ARM  loans  were  $399.2 
million  and  $169.8  million,  or  42.2%  and  20.7%  of  the  loans  held  for  investment,  respectively.    Furthermore, 
because  the  COFI  is  a  lagging  market  index,  upward  adjustments  on  these  loans  may  occur  more  slowly  than 
increases  in  the  Bank’s  cost  of  interest-bearing  liabilities,  especially  during  periods  of  rapidly  increasing  interest 
rates.    Because  of  these  characteristics,  the  Bank  has  no  assurance  that  yields  on  ARM  loans  will  be  sufficient  to 
offset increases in the Bank’s cost of funds. 

The  Bank’s  lending  policy  generally  limits  loan  amounts  for  conventional  first  trust  deed  loans  to  97%  of  the 
appraised  value  or  purchase  price  of  a  property,  whichever  is  lower.    Higher  loan-to-value  ratios  are  available  on 
certain  government-insured  programs.    The  Bank  generally  requires  private mortgage insurance on first trust deed 
residential loans with loan-to-value ratios exceeding 80% at the time of origination. 

Multi-Family  and  Commercial  Real  Estate  Mortgage  Loans.    At  June  30,  2004,  multi-family  mortgage  loans 
were  $68.8  million  and  commercial  real  estate  loans  were  $99.9  million,  or  7.3%  and  10.6%,  respectively,  of  the 
loans held for investment.  Consistent with its strategy to diversify the composition of loans held for investment, the 
Bank  has  made  the origination of multi-family and commercial real estate loans a priority.  At June 30, 2004, the 
Bank had 87 multi-family and 125 commercial real estate loans in loans held for investment.  During fiscal 2004, the 
Bank  increased  its  lending  resources  with  the  intent  of  increasing  the  amount  of  originations  in  multi-family, 
commercial real estate and construction loans. 

Multi-family mortgage loans originated by the Bank are predominately adjustable rate loans, including 3/1 and 5/1 
hybrids, with a term to maturity of 10 to 30 years based on a 25- to 30-year amortization schedule.  Commercial real 
estate loans originated by the Bank are also predominately adjustable rate, including 3/1 and 5/1 hybrids, loans with 
a  term  to  maturity  of  10  years  based  on a 25-year amortization schedule.   Rates on multi-family and commercial 
real estate ARM loans generally adjust monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually at a specific margin over the 
respective interest rate index, subject to annual payment caps and life-of-loan interest rate caps.  At June 30, 2004, 
$47.6 million, or 69.2%, of the Bank’s multi-family loans were secured by five to 36 unit projects, of which $14.3 
million, or 20.8%, were located in Riverside or San Bernardino Counties.  The Bank’s commercial real estate loan 
portfolio generally consists of loans secured by small office buildings, light industrial centers, mini warehouses and 
small retail centers, substantially all of which are located in Southern California.  The Bank originates multi-family 
and commercial real estate loans in amounts typically ranging from $200,000 to $4.0 million.  At June 30, 2004, the 
Bank had 23 commercial real estate and multi-family loans with principal balances greater than $1.5 million totaling 
$61.1  million.    Independent  appraisers,  engaged  by  the  Bank,  perform  appraisals  on  properties  that  secure  multi-
family and commercial real estate loans.  Underwriting of multi-family and commercial real estate loans includes a 
thorough analysis of the cash flows generated by the property to support the debt service and the financial resources, 
experience and income level of the borrowers.   

Multi-family  and  commercial  real  estate  loans  afford  the  Bank  an  opportunity to receive higher interest rates than 
those  generally  available  from  single-family  mortgage  loans.    However,  loans  secured  by  such  properties  are 
generally greater in amount, more difficult to evaluate and monitor and are more susceptible to default as a result of 
general economic conditions and, therefore, involve a greater degree of risk than single-family residential mortgage 
loans.  Because payments on loans secured by multi-family and commercial properties are often dependent on the 
successful  operation  and  management  of  the  properties,  repayment  of  such  loans  may  be  impacted  by  adverse 
conditions in the real estate market or the economy.  At June 30, 2004, approximately $21.2 million, or 34.5%, of 
the  Bank’s  multi-family  loans  and  approximately  $45.1  million,  or  45.1%,  of  the  Bank’s  commercial  real  estate 
loans  were  secured  by  properties  located  in  Riverside  or  San  Bernardino  Counties.    Although  there  has  been 
continued improvement in the real estate market, there is no assurance that the current market value of the properties 
securing these loans equals or exceeds the outstanding loan balance.  At June 30, 2004, the Bank had no non-accrual 
multi-family or commercial real estate loans and no multi-family or commercial real estate loans that were 60 days 
or more past due.  See also “REGULATION – Federal Regulation of Savings Institutions - Loans to One Borrower” 
on page 31.  

Construction Mortgage Loans.  Given favorable economic conditions and increased residential housing demand in 
its  primary  market  area,  the  Bank  actively  originates  two  types  of  residential  construction  loans:  short-term 
construction  loans  and  construction/permanent  loans.    At  June  30,  2004,  the  Bank’s  construction  loans  (including 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
undisbursed loan funds) were $136.3 million, or 14.4% of loans held for investment, an increase of $17.5 million, or 
14.7%, during fiscal 2004, which reflects the Bank’s emphasis on this loan product.  Undisbursed loan funds at June 
30, 2004 and 2003 were $78.1 million and $67.9 million, respectively.  The largest single borrower has four tract 
construction  loans  with  a  total  outstanding  balance  of  $5.4  million,  secured  by  175  units  of  single-family  homes 
under construction in Coachella Valley, California, which were performing in accordance with their terms. 

The composition of the Bank’s construction loan portfolio is as follows: 

At June 30, 

2004 

2003 

Amount 

Percent 

  Amount 

Percent 

(Dollars In Thousands) 

Short-term construction …………………………………. 
Construction/permanent ………………………………… 

$   97,317 
   38,948 

  71.42% 
  28.58 

$   94,536 
   24,248 

  79.59% 
  20.41 

$ 136,265 

100.00% 

$ 118,784 

100.00% 

Short-term construction loans include three types of loans: custom construction, tract construction, and speculative 
construction. Additionally, the Bank makes short-term (18 to 36 month) lot loans to facilitate land acquisition prior 
to  the  start  of  construction.  The  Bank  also  provides  construction  financing  for  multi-family  and  commercial  real 
estate properties.   

Custom construction loans are made to individuals who, at the time of construction, have a contract executed with a 
builder  to construct their residence.  Custom construction loans are generally originated for a term of 12 months, 
with adjustable interest rates at the prime lending rate plus a margin and with loan-to-value ratios of up to 80% of 
the appraised value of the completed property.  The owner secures long-term permanent financing at the completion 
of construction.  At June 30, 2004, custom construction loans were $51.5 million, with undisbursed loan funds of 
$30.3 million. 

The Bank makes tract construction loans to subdivision builders.  These subdivisions are usually financed and built 
in phases.  A thorough analysis of market trends and demand within the area are reviewed for feasibility.  The Bank 
prefers affordable and median-priced housing.  Generally, significant presales are required prior to commencement 
of construction.  Tract lending may include the building and financing of model homes under a separate loan.  The 
terms for tract construction loans range from 12 to 18 months with interest rates floating from 1.0% to 2.0% above 
the prime lending rate. 

Speculative construction loans are made to home builders and are termed “speculative” because the home builder 
does  not  have,  at  the  time  of  loan  origination,  a  signed  contract  with  a  home  buyer  who  has  a  commitment  for 
permanent  financing  with  either  the  Bank  or  another  lender  for  the  finished  home.    The  homebuyer  may  be 
identified either during or after the construction period, with the risk that the builder will have to debt service the 
speculative  construction  loan  for  a  significant  period  of  time  after  the  completion  of  construction  until  the 
homebuyer  is  identified.    At  June  30,  2004,  speculative  construction  loans  were  $69.6  million,  with  undisbursed 
loan funds of $34.9 million. 

Construction/permanent  loans  automatically  roll  from  the  construction  to  the  permanent  phase.    The  construction 
phase of a construction/permanent loan generally lasts nine to 12 months and the interest rate charged is generally 
floating  at  prime  or  above  and  with  a  loan-to-value  ratio  of  up  to  80%  of  the  appraised  value  of  the  completed 
property. 

Construction  loans  under  $1.0  million  are  approved  by  Bank  personnel  specifically  designated  to  approve 
construction  loans.    Members  of  the  Bank’s  Loan  Committee,  comprised  of  the  Chief  Executive  Officer,  Chief 
Lending  Officer,  Chief  Financial  Officer,  Senior  Vice  President  –  PBM  and  Vice  President  –  Commercial  Real 
Estate  Loans,  approve  all  construction  loans  over  $1.0  million.    Prior  to  approval  of  any  construction  loan,  an         

7 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
independent fee appraiser inspects the site and the Bank reviews the existing or proposed improvements, identifies 
the market for the proposed project, and analyzes the pro forma data and assumptions on the project.  In the case of a 
tract or speculative construction loan, the Bank reviews the experience and expertise of the builder.  After the Bank 
expresses  an  interest  in  the  project,  the  application  is  processed, which includes obtaining credit reports, financial 
statements  and  tax  returns  on  the  borrowers  and  guarantors,  an  independent  appraisal  of  the  project  is completed, 
and  any  other  expert  report  necessary  to  evaluate  the  proposed  project.    In  the  event  of  cost  overruns,  the  Bank 
requires the borrower to deposit its own funds into a loans-in-process account, which the Bank disburses consistent 
with the completion of the subject property pursuant to a revised disbursement schedule.  

The construction loan documents require that construction loan proceeds be disbursed in increments as construction 
progresses.    Disbursements  are  based  on  periodic  on-site  inspections  by  independent  fee  inspectors  and  Bank 
personnel.    At  inception,  the  Bank  also  requires  borrowers  to  deposit  funds  into  the  loans-in-process  account 
covering the difference between the actual cost of construction and the loan amount.  The Bank regularly monitors 
the  construction  loan  portfolio,  economic  conditions  and  housing  inventory.    The  Bank’s  property  inspector 
performs periodic property inspections.  The Bank believes that the internal monitoring system helps reduce many of 
the risks inherent in its construction loans. 

Construction  loans  afford  the  Bank  the  opportunity  to  achieve  higher  interest  rates  and  fees  with  shorter  terms  to 
maturity than its single-family mortgage loans.  Construction loans, however, are generally considered to involve a 
higher  degree  of  risk  than  single-family  mortgage  loans  because  of  the  inherent  difficulty  in  estimating  both  a 
property’s value at completion of the project and the cost of the project.  The nature of these loans is such that they 
are generally more difficult to evaluate and monitor.  If the estimate of construction cost proves to be inaccurate, the 
Bank  may  be  required  to  advance  funds  beyond  the  amount  originally  committed  to  permit  completion  of  the 
project.    If  the  estimate  of  value  upon  completion  proves  to  be  inaccurate,  the  Bank  may  be  confronted  with  a 
project  whose  value  is  insufficient  to  assure  full  repayment.    Projects  may  also  be  jeopardized  by  disagreements 
between borrowers and builders and by the failure of builders to pay subcontractors.  Loans to builders to construct 
homes for which no purchaser has been identified carry additional risk because the payoff for the loan depends on 
the builder’s ability to sell the property prior to the time that the construction loan matures.  The Bank has sought to 
address these risks by adhering to strict underwriting policies, disbursement procedures and monitoring practices.  In 
addition,  because  the  Bank’s  construction  lending  primarily  is  in  its  primary  market  area,  changes  in  the  local 
economy and real estate market could adversely affect the Bank’s construction loan portfolio. 

Participation  Loan  Purchases  and  Sales.    In  an  effort  to  expand  productivity  and  diversify  risk,  the  Bank 
purchases  loan  participations,  which  allows  for  greater  geographic  distribution  of  the  Bank’s  loans  and  increases 
loan production volume.  The Bank is aggressively networking with other lenders to purchase participating interests 
in multi-family, commercial real estate and tract construction loans.  The Bank generally purchases between 50% 
and 100% of the total loan amount. When the Bank purchases a participation loan, the lead lender will usually retain 
a servicing fee, thereby decreasing the loan yield.  This servicing fee is primarily offset by a reduction in operating 
expenses to the Bank.  All properties serving as collateral for loan participations are inspected by Bank personnel 
prior to being approved by the Loan Committee and the Bank relies upon the same underwriting criteria required for 
those loans originated by the Bank. 

The Bank also sells participating interests in loans when it has been determined that it is beneficial to diversify the 
Bank’s  risk.    Participation  sales  enable  the  Bank  to  maintain  acceptable  loan  concentrations  and  comply  with  the 
Bank’s loans to one borrower policy.  Generally, selling a participating interest in a loan increases the yield to the 
Bank on the portion of the loan that is retained. 

Commercial  Business  Loans.    The  Bank  has  a  business  banking  department  that  primarily  serves  businesses 
located within the Inland Empire.  Commercial business loans allow the Bank to diversify its lending and increase 
the average loan portfolio yield.  As of June 30, 2004, commercial business loans were $13.8 million, or 1.5% of 
loans held for investment.  These loans represent unsecured lines of credit and term loans secured by business assets. 

Commercial  business  loans  are  generally  made  to  customers  who  are  well  known  to  the  Bank  and  are  generally 
secured by accounts receivable, inventory, business equipment and/or other assets.  The Bank’s commercial business 
loans may be structured as term loans or as lines of credit.  Lines of credit are made at variable rates of interest equal 

8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
to a negotiated margin above the prime rate and term loans are at a fixed or variable rate.  The Bank may also obtain 
personal  guarantees  from  financially  capable  parties  based  on  a  review  of  personal  financial  statements.  
Commercial  business  term  loans  are  generally  made  to  finance  the  purchase  of  assets  and  have  maturities  of  five 
years  or  less.    Commercial  lines  of  credit  are  typically  made  for  the  purpose  of  providing  working  capital  and 
usually approved with a term of one year or less. 

Commercial business loans involve greater risk than residential mortgage loans and involve risks that are different 
from those associated with residential and commercial real estate loans.  Real estate loans are generally considered 
to be collateral based lending with loan amounts based on predetermined loan to collateral values and liquidation of 
the underlying real estate collateral is viewed as the primary source of repayment in the event of borrower default.  
Although commercial business loans are often collateralized by equipment, inventory, accounts receivable or other 
business  assets  including  real  estate,  the  liquidation  of  collateral  in  the  event  of  a  borrower  default  is  often  an 
insufficient  source  of  repayment  because  accounts  receivable  may  be  uncollectible  and  inventories  and  equipment 
may be obsolete or of limited use, among other things.  Accordingly, the repayment of a commercial business loan 
depends  primarily  on  the  creditworthiness  of  the  borrower  (and  any  guarantors),  while  liquidation  of  collateral  is 
secondary and oftentimes an insufficient source of repayment.  During fiscal 2004, the Bank recognized $415,000 in 
charge-offs  on  two  commercial  business  loans  to  one  borrower.    At  June  30,  2004,  the  Bank  had  a  $41,000  non-
accrual commercial business loan to a single borrower.  

Consumer and Other Loans.  At June 30, 2004, the Bank’s consumer loans were $730,000, or 0.1%, of the Bank’s 
loans held for investment, a decrease of $356,000, or 32.8%, during fiscal 2004.  The decrease in consumer loans 
was primarily attributable to loan payoffs resulting from lower interest rates.  

The Bank offers open-ended lines of credit on either a secured or unsecured basis.  The Bank offers secured savings 
lines  of  credit  which  have  an  interest  rate  that  is  four  percentage  points  above  the  FHLB Eleventh District COFI, 
which adjusts monthly. 

Consumer loans potentially have a greater risk than residential mortgage loans, particularly in the case of loans that 
are unsecured.  Consumer loan collections are dependent on the borrower’s continuing financial stability, and thus 
are more likely to be adversely affected by job loss, illness or personal bankruptcy.  Furthermore, the application of 
various  federal  and  state  laws,  including  federal  and  state  bankruptcy  and  insolvency  laws,  may  limit  the  amount 
that can be recovered on such loans.  At June 30, 2004, the Bank had no consumer loans accounted for on a non-
accrual basis. 

Other  loans,  which  primarily  consist  of  land  loans,  were  $7.4  million,  or  0.8%,  of  the  Bank’s  loans  held  for 
investment,  an  increase  of  $1.7  million,  or  29.8%,  during  fiscal  2004.    The  bank  makes  land  loans,  primarily  lot 
loans, to accommodate borrowers who intend to build on the land within a specified period of time.  The majority of 
these land loans are for the construction of single family residences; however, the Bank may make short-term loans 
on a limited basis for the construction of commercial properties.  The terms are generally fixed rate with maturity 
between 18 to 36 months. 

Mortgage Banking Activities 

General.    The  Bank’s  mortgage  banking  activities  primarily  consist  of  mortgage  loans  secured  by  single-family 
properties.  Mortgage banking involves the origination and sale of mortgage and consumer loans for the purpose of 
generating  gains  on  sale  of  loans  and  fee  income  on  the  origination  of  loans,  in  addition  to  loan  interest  income. 
Given  current  pricing  in  the  mortgage  markets,  the  Bank  generally  sells  the  majority  of  its  loans  on  a  servicing-
released  basis.    Generally,  the  level  of  loan  sale activity and, therefore, its contribution to the Bank’s profitability 
depends on maintaining a sufficient volume of loan originations.  Changes in the level of interest rates and the local 
economy affect the number of loans originated by the Bank and, thus, the amount of loan sales, net interest income 
and loan fees earned.  Originations of loans during fiscal 2004, 2003 and 2002 were $1.50 billion, $1.63 billion and 
$1.26  billion,  respectively.    Provident  Bank  Mortgage,  a  division  of  the  Bank  (“PBM”),  held  for  investment  loan 
originations were $409.4 million, $360.8 million and $159.3 million in fiscal 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. 

9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loan Solicitation and Processing.  The Bank’s mortgage banking operations consist of both wholesale and retail 
loan  originations.  The  Bank’s  wholesale  loan  production  utilizes  a  network  of  approximately  962  loan  brokers 
approved by the Bank who originate and submit loans at a markup over the Bank’s daily published price.  Wholesale 
loans  originated  for  sale  in  fiscal  2004,  2003  and  2002  were  $617.5  million,  $736.8  million  and  $672.1  million, 
respectively.  The Bank maintains a regional wholesale lending office in Rancho Cucamonga, California. 

The Bank’s retail loan production utilizes loan officers and processors employed by PBM.  The Bank’s loan officers 
generate retail loan originations primarily through referrals from realtors, builders, employees and customers.  As of 
June 30, 2004, PBM operated two retail offices within the Bank’s facilities located in Riverside and Rancho Mirage 
and  seven  separate  retail  loan  production  offices  located  in  Glendora,  Riverside,  City  of  Industry,  Corona,  La 
Quinta, Torrance and Fullerton, all in Southern California.  Generally, the cost of retail operations exceeds the cost 
of wholesale operations as a result of the additional employees needed for retail operations.  However, the revenue 
per mortgage for retail originations is generally higher since the origination fees are retained by the Bank.  Because 
wholesale  loan  production  tends  to  be  more  price  sensitive  than  retail  loan  production,  the  Bank  is  seeking  to 
originate a greater proportion of its loans through its retail operations.  Retail loans originated for sale in fiscal 2004, 
2003 and 2002 were $475.2 million, $533.5 million and $431.4 million, respectively.  Further, the Bank believes in 
its ability to attract repeat business and cross-sell other banking services to borrowers acquired through its retail loan 
production. 

The Bank requires evidence of marketable title, lien position, loan to value, a title insurance policy and appraisals on 
all  properties.   The Bank also requires evidence of fire and casualty insurance on the value of improvements.  As 
stipulated  by  federal  regulations,  the  Bank  requires  flood  insurance  to  protect  the  property  securing  its  interest  if 
such property is located in a designated flood area. 

Loan  Commitments  and  Rate  Locks.    The  Bank issues commitments for residential mortgage loans conditioned 
upon the occurrence of certain events.  Such commitments are made with specified terms and conditions.  Interest 
rate locks are generally offered to prospective borrowers for up to a 60-day period.  The borrower may lock in the 
rate  at  any  time  from  application  until  the  time  they  wish  to  close  the  loan.    Occasionally,  borrowers  obtaining 
financing  on  new  home  developments  are  offered  rate  locks  up  to  120  days  from  application.    The  Bank’s 
outstanding commitments to originate loans to be held for sale were $63.8 million at June 30, 2004 (see Note 15 of 
the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  contained  in  Item  8  of  this  report).    When  the  Bank  issues  a 
commitment  to  a  borrower,  there  is  a  risk  to  the  Bank  that  a  rise  in  interest  rates  will  reduce  the  value  of  the 
mortgage before it can be closed and sold.  To control the interest rate risk caused by mortgage banking activities, 
the  Bank  uses  forward  loan  sale  agreements  and  over-the-counter put option contracts related to mortgage-backed 
securities as a hedge (see “Derivative Activities” on page 12). 

Loan  Origination  and  Other  Fees.    The  Bank  generally  receives  origination  points  and  loan  fees.    Origination 
points are a percentage of the principal amount of the mortgage loan, which is charged to a borrower for funding a 
loan.    The  amount  of  points  charged  by  the  Bank  is  generally  1%  to  2%.    Current  accounting  standards  require 
points  and  fees  received  for  originating  loans  held  for  investment  (net  of  certain  loan  origination  costs)  to  be 
deferred and amortized into interest income over the contractual life of the loan.  Origination fees and costs for loans 
originated for sale are deferred until the related loans are sold.  Net deferred fees or costs associated with loans that 
are prepaid or sold are recognized as income at the time of prepayment or sale.  The Bank had $1.3 million of net 
unamortized deferred loan origination costs at June 30, 2004.   

Loan Originations, Sales and Purchases.   The Bank’s mortgage originations include conventional loans as well as 
loans  insured  by  the  FHA  and  VA.    Except  for  loans  originated  as  held  for  investment,  loans  originated  through 
mortgage  banking  activities  are  intended  for  eventual  sale  into  the  secondary  market.    As  such,  these  loans  must 
meet the origination and underwriting criteria established by the final investors.  The Bank sells a large percentage 
of the mortgage loans that it originates as whole loans to private investors.  The Bank also sells conventional whole 
loans to FNMA, FHLMC and FHLB through their purchase programs. Conventional mortgage loans originated by 
the  Bank  that  do  not  meet  FNMA  or  FHLMC  guidelines  may  be  sold  to  private  institutional  investors  (see 
“Derivative Activities” on page 12). 

10 

 
 
 
 
 
The  following  table  shows  the  Bank’s  loan  originations,  purchases,  sales  and  principal  repayments  during  the 
periods indicated. 

Year Ended June 30, 

       2004 

       2003 

      2002 

(In Thousands) 

Loans originated for sale: 

 Retail originations …………………………………. 
 Wholesale originations ……………………………. 
 Total loans originated for sale (1) ………….…. 

  $     484,411 
         626,988 
      1,111,399 

 $   533,523 
      736,769 
   1,270,292 

  $   431,446 
        672,128 
     1,103,574 

Loans sold and settled:  

 Servicing released …………………………………. 
 Servicing retained …………………………………. 
 Total loans sold (2) …………………………… 

   (930,235 ) 
(224,998 ) 
     (1,155,233 ) 

  (1,190,347 ) 
(52,828 ) 
   (1,243,175 ) 

 (1,168,529 ) 
(4,466 ) 
(1,172,995 ) 

Loans originated for investment: 

 Mortgage loans: 

 Single-family …………………………………. 
 Multi-family (3) ………………………………. 
 Commercial real estate (3) …………………… 
 Construction ………………………………….. 
 Commercial business loans ……………………….. 
 Consumer loan ……………………………………. 
 Other loans ………………………………………... 
 Total loans originated for investment …….…... 

         409,373 
24,592 
           32,044 
         125,779 
             2,229 
               - 
             5,241 
         599,258 

         360,846 
20,176 
           36,968 
           94,201 
             6,356 
               - 
             4,008 
         522,555 

        159,300 
3,986 
          19,537 
          51,927 
            6,298 
               - 
            3,189 
244,237 

Loans purchased for investment: 

 Mortgage loans: 

 Multi-family ………………………………….. 
 Commercial real estate ……………………….. 
 Construction ………………………………….. 
 Other loans ………………………………………... 
Total loans purchased for investment …………  

             8,000 
          3,698 
           26,028 
               - 
           37,726 

             6,945 
           12,251 
           20,268 
               - 
           39,464 

            1,590 
8,544 
          27,915 
               543 
          38,592 

Mortgage loan principal repayments ………………….. 
Real estate acquired in settlement of loans ……………. 
Decrease (increase) in receivable from sale of loans ….. 
Decrease in other items, net (4) ……………………….. 
Net increase (decrease) in loans held for investment 
 and loans held for sale ………………………………… 

(477,654 ) 
          -  
 28,422  
        (9,722 ) 

(359,044 ) 
          (1,172 ) 
 (47,661 ) 
        (28,094 ) 

(385,261 ) 
        (1,348 ) 
 70,045 
         (909 ) 

  $     134,196  

 $     153,165  

 $   (104,065 ) 

(1)  Primarily  comprised  of  PBM  loans  originated  for  sale,  totaling  $1.09  billion,  $1.27  billion  and  $1.10  billion, 

respectively.  

(2)  Primarily comprised of PBM loans sold, totaling $1.12 billion, $1.24 billion and $1.17 billion, respectively.  
(3)  Reclassification of $18.5 million and $992,000 from commercial real estate loans to multi-family loans for the 

year ended June 30, 2003 and June 30, 2002, respectively. 

(4)  Includes net changes in undisbursed loan funds, deferred loan fees or costs, discounts or premiums on loans and 

allowance for loan losses. 

Mortgage loans sold to private investors generally are sold without recourse other than standard representations and 
warranties.    Most  mortgage  loans  sold  to  FHLMC  and  FNMA  are  sold  on  a  non-recourse  basis  and  foreclosure 
losses  are  generally  the  responsibility  of  the  purchasing  agency  and  not  the  Bank,  except in the case of VA loans 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
used to form Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) pools, which are subject to limitations on the 
VA’s loan guarantees.   

The  Bank  has  one  commitment  to  sell loans to FHLMC, which has a recourse provision requiring the Bank to be 
responsible  for  losses  on  these  loans.    As  of  June  30,  2004,  there  were  seven  loans  sold  to  FHLMC  under  this 
commitment with an outstanding balance of $1.4 million.  The Bank has established a recourse reserve of $4,000 for 
potential losses on these loans.  To date, no losses have been experienced. 

Loans  sold  by  the  Bank  to  the  FHLB  San  Francisco  under  its  MPF  (Mortgage  Partnership  Finance)  program  also 
have a recourse provision.  The FHLB absorbs the first four basis points of loss, and a credit scoring process is used 
to calculate the recourse amount for the Bank.  All losses above this amount are the responsibility of the FHLB.  In 
consideration  of  the  obligation  of  the  Bank  to  accept  the  recourse  liability,  the  FHLB  pays  the  Bank  a  credit 
enhancement  fee  on  a  monthly  basis.    As  of  June  30,  2004,  the  Bank  serviced  $214.9  million  of  loans  under  this 
program and has established an estimated recourse reserve of $255,000.  To date, no losses have been experienced. 

Occasionally, the Bank is required to repurchase loans sold to FHLMC, FNMA, FHLB or private investors if it is 
determined that such loans do not meet the credit requirements of the investor, or if one of the parties involved in the 
loan misrepresented pertinent facts, committed fraud, or if such loans were 90 days past due within 120 days of the 
loan funding date.  During the year ended June 30, 2004, the Bank repurchased $79,000 of single-family mortgage 
loans as compared to $835,000 in fiscal 2003 and $1.1 million in fiscal 2002.   

Derivative  Activities.    Mortgage  banking  involves  the  risk  that  a  rise  in  interest  rates  will  reduce  the  value  of  a 
mortgage  before  it  can  be  sold.    This  type  of  risk  occurs  when  the  Bank  commits  to  an  interest  rate  lock  on  a 
borrower’s application during the origination process and interest rates increase before the loan can be sold.  Such 
interest rate risk also arises when mortgages are placed in the warehouse (i.e., held for sale) without locking in an 
interest rate for their eventual sale in the secondary market.  The Bank seeks to control or limit the interest rate risk 
caused by mortgage banking activities.  The two methods used by the Bank to help reduce interest rate risk from its 
mortgage  banking  activities  are  forward  loan  sale  agreements  and  the  purchase  of  over-the-counter  put  option 
contracts  related  to  mortgage-backed  securities.    At  various  times,  depending  on  loan  origination  volume  and 
management’s assessment of projected loan fallout, the Bank may reduce or increase its derivative positions. 

Under  forward  loan  sale  agreements,  usually  with  FNMA,  FHLMC,  FHLB  or  private  investors,  the  Bank  is 
obligated to sell certain dollar amounts of mortgage loans that meet specific underwriting and legal criteria before 
the expiration of the commitment period.  These terms include the maturity of the individual loans, the yield to the 
purchaser,  the  servicing  spread  to  the  Bank  (if  servicing  is  retained)  and  the  maximum  principal  amount  of  the 
individual loans.  Forward loan sales protect loan sale prices from interest rate fluctuations that may occur from the 
time the interest rate of the loan is fixed to the time of its sale.  The amount of and delivery date of the forward loan 
sale commitments are based upon management’s estimates as to the volume of loans that will close and the length of 
the origination commitment.  Forward loan sales do not provide complete interest-rate protection, however, because 
of  the  possibility  of  fallout  (i.e.,  the  failure  to  close)  during  the  origination  process.    Differences  between  the 
estimated volume and timing of loan originations and the actual volume and timing of loan originations can expose 
the Bank to significant losses.  If the Bank is not able to deliver the mortgage loans during the appropriate delivery 
period,  the  Bank  may  be  required  to  pay  a  non-delivery  fee  or  repurchase  the  delivery  commitments  at  current 
market prices.  Similarly, if the Bank has too many loans to deliver, the Bank must execute additional forward loan 
sale  commitments  at  current  market  prices,  which  may  be  unfavorable  to  the  Bank.    Generally, the Bank seeks to 
maintain forward loan sale agreements equal to the closed loans held for sale plus those applications that the Bank 
has  rate  locked  and/or  committed  to  close,  adjusted  by  the  projected  fallout.    The  ultimate  accuracy  of  such 
projections will directly bear upon the amount of interest rate risk incurred by the Bank.  For the year ended June 30, 
2004, the Bank had a net loss of $859,000 attributable to the underlying derivative financial instruments.  At June 
30, 2004, the Bank had outstanding commitments to sell loans of $37.5 million and commitments to originate loans 
of $63.8 million (see Note 15 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this report). 

In order to reduce the interest rate risk associated with commitments to originate loans that are in excess of forward 
loan  sale  commitments,  the  Bank  purchases  over-the-counter  put  or  call  option  contracts  on  government  agency 

12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
mortgage-backed  securities.    At  June  30,  2004,  the  Bank  had  $10.0  million  in  put-option  contracts  outstanding, 
which provided $3.4 million of coverage. 

The activities described above are managed continually as markets change; however, there can be no assurance that 
the Bank will be successful in its effort to eliminate the risk of interest rate fluctuations between the time origination 
commitments  are  issued  and  the  ultimate sale of the loan.  The Bank employs a risk management firm to conduct 
daily analysis, report the Bank’s interest rate risk position with respect to its loan origination and sale activities, and 
to advise the Bank on interest rate movements and interest rate risk management strategies.  The Bank’s interest rate 
risk management activities are conducted in accordance with a written policy that has been approved by the Bank’s 
Board of Directors which covers objectives, functions, instruments to be used, monitoring and internal controls.  The 
Bank does not enter into option positions for trading or speculative purposes and does not enter into option contracts 
that  could  generate  a  financial  obligation  beyond  the  initial  premium  paid.    The  Bank  does  not  apply  hedge 
accounting to its derivative financial instruments; therefore, all changes in fair value are recorded in earnings.   

Loan Servicing 

The Bank receives fees from a variety of institutional investors in return for performing the traditional services of 
collecting individual loan payments.  At June 30, 2004, the Bank was servicing $269.4 million of loans for others.  
The Bank’s loan servicing portfolio has increased this past year because the Bank has sold a portion of its loans on a 
servicing-retained  basis,  although  the  Bank  still  sells  the  majority  of  its  loans  originated  for  sale  on  a  servicing- 
released basis.  To the extent loans were sold on a servicing-retained basis, the majority were sold to the FHLB San 
Francisco  under  the  MPF  program.    Loan  servicing  includes  processing  payments,  accounting  for  loan  funds  and 
collecting  and  paying  real  estate  taxes,  hazard  insurance  and  other  loan-related  items  such  as  private  mortgage 
insurance. When the Bank receives the gross mortgage payment from individual borrowers, it remits to the investor 
a predetermined net amount based on the loan sale agreement for that mortgage.  

Servicing  assets  are  amortized  in  proportion  to  and  over  the  period  of  the  estimated  net  servicing  income  and  are 
carried at the lower cost or fair value.  The fair value of servicing assets is determined based on the present value of 
estimated  net  future  cash  flows  related  to  contractually  specified  servicing  fees.    The  Corporation  periodically 
evaluates  servicing  assets  for  impairment,  which  is  measured  as  the  excess  of  cost  over  fair  value.    This  review  is 
performed  on  a  disaggregated  basis,  based  on  loan  type  and  interest rate.  Generally, loan servicing becomes more 
valuable when interest rates increase and less valuable when interest rates decline.  In estimating fair values at June 
30, 2004 and 2003, the Corporation used a weighted-average prepayment speed of 6.82% and 25.79%, respectively, 
and a weighted-average discount rate of 9.09% and 9.39%, respectively.  No impairment was identified as of June 30, 
2004  and  2003.    Servicing  assets  had  a  carrying  value  of  $1.6  million  and  a  fair  value  of  $2.6  million  at  June  30, 
2004.  Servicing assets at June 30, 2003 had a carrying value of $289 and a fair value of $356. 

Rights  to  future  income  from  serviced  loans  that  exceed  contractually  specified  servicing  fees  are  recorded  as 
interest-only strips.  Interest-only strips are carried at fair value, utilizing the same assumptions as used to value the 
related servicing assets, with any unrealized gain or loss, net of tax, recorded as a component of accumulated other 
comprehensive  income  (loss).    Interest-only  strips  had  a  fair  value  of  $500,  gross  unrealized  gains  of  $193,  and 
amortized cost of $307 at June 30, 2004.   Interest-only strips were not significant at June 30, 2003. 

Delinquencies and Classified Assets 

Delinquent Loans.  When a mortgage loan borrower fails to make a required payment when due, the Bank institutes 
collection  procedures.    If  the  Bank  is  unsuccessful  at  curing  the  delinquency,  a  property  inspection  is  performed 
between the 45th day and 60th day of delinquency.  In most cases, delinquencies are cured promptly; however, if by 
the  90th  day  of  delinquency,  or  sooner  if  the  borrower  is  chronically  delinquent,  and  all  reasonable  means  of 
obtaining  the  payment  have  been  exhausted,  foreclosure  proceedings,  according  to  the  terms  of  the  security 
instrument  and  applicable  law,  are  initiated.    Interest  income  is  reduced  by  the  full  amount  of  accrued  and 
uncollected interest on such loans.   

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth delinquencies in the Bank’s loans held for investment as of the dates indicated. 

2004 

At June 30, 
2003 

2002 

60 – 89 Days 

90 Days or More 

60 - 89 Days 

90 Days or More 

60 - 89 Days 

90 Days or More 

Number 
of 
Loans 

Principal 
Balance of 
Loans 

  Number 
Of 
 Loans 

Principal 
Balance 
Of Loans 

  Number 

Of  
Loans 

Principal 
Balance 
of Loans 

  Number 

Of 
Loans 

Principal 
Balance of 
Loans 

  Number 
of 
 Loans 

Principal 
Balance of 
Loans 

  Number 
Of 
 Loans 

Principal 
Balance 
of Loans 

(Dollars In Thousands) 

Mortgage loans: 
  Single-family …………… 
  Construction ……………. 
Commercial business loans 
Consumer loans ………….. 
    Total …………………... 

- 
- 
- 
1 
1 

$  -   
-   
-   
-   
   $  -   

6 
- 
1 
1 
8 

    $ 1,044  
-  
32  
-  
$ 1,076  

- 
- 
2 
3 
5 

$     -   
-   
200   
2   
   $ 202   

9 
- 
1 
7 
17 

    $ 1,468  
-  
32  
2  
$ 1,502  

17 
1 
3 
15 
36 

$ 2,621  
229  
279  
4  
   $ 3,133  

11 
- 
- 
1 
12 

    $ 989 
- 
- 
1 
$ 990 

14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
The following table sets forth information with respect to the Bank’s non-performing assets and restructured loans 
within the meaning of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 15 at the dates indicated. 

           2004 

      2003 

At June 30, 
       2002 

       2001 

        2000 

(Dollars In Thousands) 

Loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis: 
Mortgage loans: 

 Single-family …………………….. 
Commercial business loans ……….…. 
Consumer loans ………………………. 

 $ 1,044 
41 
              - 
 Total ………………………………             1,085 

 $ 1,309 
32 
              161 
           1,502 

 $ 1,163 
- 
              156 
           1,319 

 $ 1,198 
285 
              24 
         1,507 

 $   749 
- 
                 13 
               762 

Accruing loans which are contractually 
  past due 90 days or more …………… 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

Total of non-accrual and 90 days past 
  due loans …………………………….             1,085 

           1,502 

           1,319 

         1,507 

               762 

Foreclosed real estate, net ……………. 
Total non-performing assets …………. 

              - 
 $ 1,085 

              523 
 $ 2,025 

              313 
 $ 1,632 

            224 
 $ 1,731 

            1,047 
 $ 1,809 

Restructured loans ……………………. 

 $  - 

 $  - 

 $ 1,401 

 $ 1,428 

 $ 1,481 

Non-accrual and 90 days or more  
  past due loans as a percentage of  
  loans held for investment, net ………. 

Non-accrual and 90 days or more  
  past due loans as a percentage of  
  total assets …………………………... 

Non-performing assets as a percentage 
  of total assets ………………………... 

0.13% 

0.20% 

0.22% 

0.22% 

0.09% 

0.08% 

0.12% 

0.13% 

0.13% 

0.07% 

0.08% 

0.16% 

0.16% 

0.15% 

0.16% 

The Bank assesses loans individually and identifies impairment when the accrual of interest has been discontinued, 
loans  have  been  restructured  or  management  has  serious  doubts  about  the  future  collectibility  of  principal  and 
interest, even though the loans are currently performing.  Factors considered in determining impairment include, but 
are  not  limited  to,  expected  future  cash  flows,  the  financial  condition  of  the  borrower  and  current  economic 
conditions.  The  Bank  measures  each  impaired  loan  based  on  the  fair  value  of  its  collateral  and  charges  off  those 
loans or portions of loans deemed uncollectible. 

Foregone interest income, which would have been recorded for the year ended June 30, 2004 had the impaired loans 
been  current  in  accordance  with  their  original  terms,  amounted  to  $101,000.    The  amount  of  interest  income 
included in the results of operations on such loans for the year ended June 30, 2004 amounted to $58,000.  Interest 
income foregone on restructured loans for such periods was not material. 

Foreclosed and Investment Real Estate.  Real estate acquired by the Bank as a result of foreclosure or by deed-in-
lieu of foreclosure is classified as foreclosed real estate until it is sold.  When property is acquired, it is recorded at 
the lower of its cost, which is the unpaid principal balance of the related loan plus foreclosure costs, or market value 

15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
less  cost  of  sale.    Subsequent  declines  in  value  are  charged  to  operations.    At  June  30,  2004,  the  Bank  had  no 
foreclosed real estate. 

Investment real estate is carried at the lower of cost or fair market value.  All costs associated with disposition are 
considered in the determination of fair value.  The Bank owned two properties, totaling $10.2 million, at June 30, 
2004, which were held by a wholly owned subsidiary. 

Asset  Classification.    The  OTS  has  adopted  various  regulations  regarding  problem  assets  of  savings  institutions.  
The  regulations  require  that  each  institution  review  and  classify  its  assets  on  a  regular  basis.    In  addition,  in 
connection  with  examinations  of  institutions,  OTS  examiners  have  the  authority  to  identify  problem  assets  and,  if 
appropriate, require them to be classified.  There are three classifications for problem assets: substandard, doubtful 
and loss.  Substandard assets have one or more defined weaknesses and are characterized by the distinct possibility 
that the institution will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.  Doubtful assets have the weaknesses 
of substandard assets with the additional characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full on 
the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and values questionable, and there is a high possibility of loss.  An 
asset  classified  as  a  loss  is  considered  uncollectible  and  of  such  little  value  that  continuance  as  an  asset  of  the 
institution is not warranted.  If an asset or portion thereof is classified as loss, the institution establishes a specific 
loss allowance for the full amount or for the portion of the asset classified as loss.  All or a portion of allowances for 
loan losses established to cover probable losses related to assets classified substandard or doubtful may be included 
in  determining  an  institution’s  regulatory  capital,  while  specific  valuation  allowances  for  loan  losses  generally  do 
not  qualify  as  regulatory  capital.    Assets  that  do  not  currently  expose  the  institution  to  sufficient  risk  to  warrant 
classification in one of the aforementioned categories but possess weaknesses are designated as special mention and 
monitored by the Bank. 

The  aggregate  amounts  of  the  Bank’s  classified  assets,  including  assets  designated  as  special  mention,  were  as 
follows at the dates indicated: 

At June 30, 

        2004 

        2003 

(Dollars In Thousands) 

Special mention assets …………... 
Substandard assets ………………. 
 Total ………………………... 

   $ 2,195 
    4,880 
 $ 7,075 

   $   5,870 
    5,983 
 $ 11,853 

Total classified assets as a  
  percentage of total assets ………. 

0.54% 

0.94% 

The Bank’s classified assets decreased $4.8 million, or 40.3%, to $7.1 million at June 30, 2004 from $11.9 million at 
June  30,  2003.    This  decrease  was  primarily  attributable  to  general  improvements  in  the  real  estate  market  and 
business conditions in the Bank’s primary market area. 

As set forth below, assets classified as special mention and substandard as of June 30, 2004 included 52 loans and 
properties totaling approximately $7.1 million. 

Number of 
Loans 

Special Mention 

Substandard 

Total 

(Dollars In Thousands) 

Mortgage loans: 

Single-family …………… 
Construction ……………. 
Commercial business loans….. 

20 
8 
24 
 Total …………………….                52 

 $     398 
1,642 
            155 
 $ 2,195 

 $ 3,090 
- 
            1,790 
 $ 4,880 

 $ 3,488 
       1,642 
       1,945 
 $ 7,075 

16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Not all of the Bank’s classified assets are delinquent or non-performing.  In determining whether the Bank’s assets 
expose  the  Bank  to  sufficient  risk  to  warrant  classification,  the  Bank  may  consider  various  factors,  including  the 
payment  history  of  the  borrower,  the  loan-to-value  ratio,  and  the  debt  coverage  ratio  of  the  property  securing  the 
loan.  After consideration of these factors, the Bank may determine that the asset in question, though not currently 
delinquent, presents a risk of loss that requires it to be classified or designated as special mention.  In addition, the 
Bank’s  loans  held  for  investment  may  include  commercial  and  multi-family  real  estate  loans  with  a  balance 
exceeding the current market value of the collateral which are not classified because they are performing and have 
borrowers who have sufficient resources to support the repayment of the loan.   

Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses is maintained to cover losses inherent in the loans held 
for  investment.    In  originating  loans,  the  Bank  recognizes  that  losses  will  be  experienced  and that the risk of loss 
will vary with, among other things, the type of loan being made, the creditworthiness of the borrower over the term 
of the loan, general economic conditions and, in the case of a secured loan, the quality of the collateral securing the 
loan. The responsibility for the review of the Bank’s assets and the determination of the adequacy of the allowance 
lies  with  the  Internal  Asset  Review  Committee  (“IAR  Committee”).    The  Bank  increases  its  allowance  for  loan 
losses by charging a provision for loan losses against the Bank’s operations. 

The Bank has established a methodology for the determination of provision for loan losses.  The methodology is set 
forth  in  a  formal  policy  and  takes  into  consideration  the  need  for  an  overall  allowance  for  loan  losses  as  well  as 
specific allowances that are tied to individual loans.  The Bank’s methodology for assessing the appropriateness of 
the  allowance  consists  of  several  key  elements,  which  include  the  formula  allowance,  specific  allowance  for 
identified problem loans and unallocated allowance. 

The formula allowance is calculated by applying loss factors to the loans held for investment. The loss factors are 
applied  according  to  loan  program  type  and  loan  classification.    The  loss  factors  for  each  program  type  and  loan 
classification are established based on an evaluation of the historical loss experience, prevailing market conditions, 
concentration  in  loan  types  and  other  relevant  factors.    Homogeneous  loans,  such  as  residential  mortgage,  home 
equity  and  consumer  installment  loans  are  considered  on  a  pooled  loan  basis.    A  factor  is  assigned  to  each  pool 
based upon expected charge-offs for one year.   The factors for larger, less homogeneous loans, such as construction, 
multi-family  and  commercial  real  estate  loans,  are  based  upon  loss  experience  tracked  over  business  cycles 
considered appropriate for the loan type. 

Specific  valuation  allowances  are  established  to  absorb  losses  on  loans  for  which  full  collectibility  may  not  be 
reasonably  assured  as  prescribed  in  SFAS  No.  114  (as  amended  by  SFAS  No.  118).    The  amount  of  the  specific 
allowance  is  based  on  the  estimated  value  of  the  collateral  securing  the  loan  and  other  analyses  pertinent  to  each 
situation.  Estimates of identifiable losses are reviewed continually and, generally, a provision for losses is charged 
against operations on a monthly basis as necessary to maintain the allowance at an appropriate level.  Management 
presents an analysis of the allowance for loan losses to the Bank’s Board of Directors on a quarterly basis.   

The unallocated allowance is based upon management’s evaluation of various conditions, the effect of which are not 
directly  measured  in the determination of the formula and specific allowance.  The evaluation of the inherent loss 
with  respect  to  these  conditions  is  subject  to  a  higher  degree  of  uncertainty  because  they  are  not  identified  with 
specific  problem  credits  or  portfolio  segments.    The  conditions  evaluated  in  connection  with  the  unallocated 
allowance  include  the  following  conditions  that  existed  as  of  the  balance  sheet  date:  (1)  then-existing  general 
economic  and  business  conditions  affecting  the  key  lending  areas  of  the  Bank;  (2)  credit  quality  trends;  (3)  loan 
volumes  and  concentrations;  (4)  recent  loss  experience  in  particular  segments  of  the  portfolio;  and  (5)  regulatory 
examination results. 

The  IAR  Committee  meets  quarterly  to  review  and  monitor  conditions  in  the  portfolio  and  to  determine  the 
appropriate  allowance  for  loan  losses.    To  the  extent  that  any  of  these  conditions  are  apparent  by  identifiable 
problem  credit  or  portfolio  segment  as  of  the  evaluation  date,  the IAR Committee’s estimate of the effect of such 
conditions  may  be  reflected  as  a  specific  allowance  applicable to such credit or portfolio segment.  Where any of 
these  conditions  is  not  apparent  by  specifically  identifiable  problem  credits  or  portfolio  segments  as  of  the 
evaluation  date,  the  IAR  Committee’s  evaluation  of  the  probable  loss  related  to  such  condition  is  reflected  in  the 
unallocated  allowance.    The  intent  of  the  Committee  is  to  reduce  the  differences  between  estimated  and  actual 

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
losses.   Pooled loan factors are adjusted to reflect current estimates of charge-offs during the next twelve months.  
Loss activity is reviewed for non-pooled loans and the loss factors adjusted, if necessary.   By assessing the probable 
estimated losses inherent in the loans held for investment on a quarterly basis, the Bank is able to adjust specific and 
inherent loss estimates based upon the most recent information that has become available.   

At  June  30,  2004,  the  Bank  had  an  allowance  for  loan  losses  of  $7.6  million,  or  0.88%  of  gross  loans  held  for 
investment compared to an allowance for loan losses at June 30, 2003 of $7.2 million, or 0.96% of gross loans held 
for  investment.    An  $819,000  provision  for  loan  losses  was  recorded  in  fiscal  2004,  compared  to  $1.1  million  in 
fiscal  2003.    The  Bank’s  intent  to  expand  its  investment  in  multi-family,  commercial  real  estate,  construction  and 
commercial  business  loans  may  lead  to  increased  levels  of  charge-offs.    However,  management  believes  that  the 
amount maintained in the allowance will be adequate, but not excessive, to absorb losses inherent in the loans held 
for  investment.    Although  management  believes  that  they  use  the  best  information  available  to  make  such 
determinations, future adjustments to the allowance for loan losses may be necessary and results of operations could 
be significantly and adversely affected if circumstances differ substantially from the assumptions used in making the 
determinations. 

As a result of past declines in local and regional real estate values and the significant losses experienced by many 
financial  institutions,  there  has  been  a  greater  level  of  scrutiny  by  regulatory  authorities  of  the  loan  portfolios  of 
financial institutions undertaken as a part of the examinations of such institutions by banking regulators.  While the 
Bank believes that it has established its existing allowance for loan losses in accordance with accounting principles 
generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  of  America,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  regulators,  in  reviewing  the 
Bank’s  loan  portfolio,  will  not  recommend  the  Bank  to  increase  significantly  its  allowance  for  loan  losses.    In 
addition, because future events affecting borrowers and collateral cannot be predicted with certainty, there can be no 
assurance that the existing allowance for loan losses is adequate or that substantial increases will not be necessary 
should the quality of any loans deteriorate as a result of the factors discussed above.  Any material increase in the 
allowance for loan losses may adversely affect the Bank’s financial condition and results of operations. 

18 

 
 
The following table sets forth an analysis of the Bank’s allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated.  Where 
specific  loan  loss  reserves  have  been  established,  any  differences  between  the  loss  allowances  and  the  amount  of 
loss realized has been charged or credited to current operations. 

      2004 

Year Ended June 30, 
   2002 

   2003 

   2001 

   2000 

(Dollars In Thousands) 

Allowance at beginning of period …………………. 
Provision for loan losses …………………………... 
Recoveries: 
Mortgage loans: 

 Single-family ………………………………… 
 Multi-family …………………………….…… 
Consumer loans …………………………………… 
 Total recoveries ……………………………  

Charge-offs: 
Mortgage loans: 

 $ 7,218 
819 

   $ 6,579 
1,055 

 $ 6,068 
525 

 $ 6,850 
- 

 $ 6,702 
          250 

- 
- 
1 
           1 

- 
- 
45 
            45 

            29 
67 
- 
            96 

            28 
- 
- 
            28 

            17 
- 
            14 
31 

 Single-family ………………………………… 
 Commercial real estate ………………………. 
Commercial business loans ………………………. 
Consumer loans …………………………………… 
Other loans ………………………………………... 
 Total charge-offs ………………………….. 
Net charge-offs ……………………………………. 
Balance at end of period ………………………….. 

- 
- 
        415 
           9 
           - 
         424 
        423  
 $ 7,614 

16 
- 
          436 
             9 
           - 
          461 
        416 
   $ 7,218 

        9 
- 
        69 
            32 
          - 
          110 
        14 
 $ 6,579 

          410 
- 
          392 
              8 
               - 
          810 
          782 
 $ 6,068 

          125 
- 
- 
8 
- 
          133 
          102 
 $ 6,850 

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of 
  gross loans held for investment………………….. 

Net charge-offs as a percentage of average 
  loans receivable, net, during the period ……….…. 

0.88% 

0.96% 

1.10% 

0.86% 

0.82% 

0.05% 

0.06% 

- 

0.09% 

0.01% 

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of  
  non-performing loans at the end of the period ……  701.75% 

  480.56% 

  498.79% 

  402.65% 

  898.95% 

19 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth the breakdown of the allowance for loan losses by loan category at the periods indicated.  Management believes that the allowance 
can be allocated by category only on an approximate basis.  The allocation of the allowance is based upon an asset classification matrix. The allocation of the 
allowance to each category is not necessarily indicative of future losses and does not restrict the use of the allowance to absorb losses in any other categories. 

2004 

2003 

% of 
Loans in 
Each 
Category 
to Total 
Loans 

Amount 

% of 
Loans in 
Each 
Category 
to Total 
Loans 

Amount 

At June 30, 
2002 

% of 
Loans in 
Each 
Category 
to Total 
Loans 

Amount 

2001 

2000 

% of 
Loans in 
Each 
Category 
to Total 
Loans 

% of  
Loans in 
Each 
Category 
to Total 
Loans 

Amount 

Amount 

(Dollars In Thousands) 

Mortgage loans: 
     Single-family ..................... 
     Multi-family ...................... 
     Commercial real estate ...... 
     Construction ...................... 
Commercial business loans..... 
Consumer loans ...................... 
Other loans ............................. 
Unallocated ............................ 
   Total allowance for  
     loan losses ......................... 

$ 1,561
1,177
3,095
421
1,197
16
147
    -

65.48% 
7.27
10.55
14.39
1.45
0.08
0.78
N/A

$ 1,372
818
2,684
558
1,601
18
114
    53

64.89% 
6.07
10.95
14.51
2.75
0.13
0.70
N/A

$ 1,330
605
2,082
249
1,981
19
69
    244

65.80% 
5.40
9.52
14.92
3.66
0.17
0.53
N/A

$ 1,944
622
1,560
199
1,295
25
34
    389

75.86% 
5.11
6.59
8.46
3.48
0.26
0.24
N/A

$ 2,246
714
1,662
124
243
23
26
  1,812

81.63% 
4.85 
5.37 
5.50 
2.31 
0.18 
0.16 
N/A 

$ 7,614

100.00% 

$ 7,218

100.00% 

$ 6,579

100.00% 

$ 6,068

100.00% 

$ 6,850

100.00

% 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment Securities Activities 

Federally chartered savings institutions are permitted under federal and state laws to invest in various types of liquid 
assets,  including  U.S.  Treasury  obligations,  securities  of  various  federal  agencies  and  of  state  and  municipal 
governments,  deposits  at  the  FHLB,  certificates  of  deposit  of  federally  insured  institutions,  certain  bankers’ 
acceptances,  mortgage-backed  securities  and  federal  funds.    Subject  to  various  restrictions,  federally  chartered 
savings  institutions  may  also  invest  a  portion  of  their  assets  in  commercial  paper  and  corporate  debt  securities.  
Savings institutions such as the Bank are also required to maintain an investment in FHLB stock.  In addition, the 
Bank is required to maintain minimum levels of investments that qualify as liquid assets under OTS regulations (see 
“REGULATION” on page 27 and “Liquidity and Capital Resources” on page 50).  In April 2001, the OTS removed 
the specific liquidity requirement and now requires institutions to maintain the appropriate liquidity specific to their 
operations.   

The  investment  policy  of  the  Bank,  established  by  the  Board  of  Directors  and  implemented  by  the  Bank’s  Asset-
Liability  Committee  (“ALCO”),  seeks  to provide and maintain adequate liquidity, complement the Bank’s lending 
activities, and generate a favorable return on investments without incurring undue interest rate risk and credit risk.  
Investments are made based on certain considerations, such as yield, quality, maturity and marketability. The Bank 
also considers the effect that the proposed investment would have on the Bank’s risk-based capital and interest rate 
sensitivity. 

At June 30, 2004, the Corporation’s investment securities portfolio was $252.6 million, which primarily consisted of 
federal  agency  obligations.    A  total  of  $190.4  million  of  the  Corporation’s  investment  securities  was  classified  as 
available for sale.  All other securities were classified as held to maturity.   

The following table sets forth the composition of the Bank’s investment portfolio at the dates indicated. 

2004 
  Estimated 

At June 30, 
2003 
  Estimated 

2002 
  Estimated 

  Amortized    Market 
  Value 

Cost 

  Percent 

  Amortized    Market 
  Value 

Cost 

  Percent 

  Amortized    Market 
  Value 

Cost 

  Percent 

(Dollars In Thousands) 

Held to maturity securities: 
  U.S. government agency securities      $   59,199     $   58,211    23.13% 
  U.S. government MBS …………. 
  Corporate bonds ………………… 
  Certificates of deposit …………... 

7   
 2,832   
 200   

5   
2,796   
200   

 - 
 1.13 
 0.08 

     $   73,851     $   74,196   
12   
8   
 2,802   
2,779   
 200   
200   

24.95% 
 0.00 
 0.94 
 0.07 

     $ 154,351    $ 155,024    56.87% 

9   
2,762   
-   

15   
 2,666   
-   

  0.01 
  0.98 
- 

  Total held to maturity ………… 

62,200   

61,250      24.34 

76,838   

77,210      25.96 

157,122   

157,705       57.86 

Available for sale securities: 
  U.S. government agency securities 
  U.S. government MBS …………. 
  U.S. government agency MBS …. 
  Private issue CMO ………….….. 
  FHLMC common stock ………… 
  FNMA common stock …………. 

24,831   
17,723   
137,517   
10,507   
12   
1   

24,315        9.66 
17,533        6.97 
137,329      54.58 
4.14 
0.30 
0.01 

10,416   
759   
28   

38,608   
      -   
170,891   
7,949   
12   
1   

38,775      13.03 
     -          - 
172,794      58.09 
2.71 
0.20 
0.01 

8,069   
609   
26   

38,316   
      -   
75,034   
-   
11   
1   

38,497    14.13 
     -          - 
75,566    27.73 
-   
734   
29   

- 
  0.27 
  0.01 

  Total available for sale ……….. 

190,591   

190,380      75.66 

217,461   

220,273      74.04 

113,362   

114,826       42.14 

  Total investment securities ……... 

$ 252,791    $ 251,630    100.00% 

  $ 294,299    $ 297,483    100.00% 

  $ 270,484    $ 272,531    100.00% 

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
As  of  June  30,  2004,  the  Corporation  held  investments  with  unrealized  holding  losses  totaling  $2.5  million, 
consisting of the following:  

Description  of Securities 
U.S. government agency securities: 
  FNMA ………………………. 
  FHLMC ……………………... 
  FHLB ……………………….. 
  FFCB (1) ……………………. 
U.S. government securities: 
  GNMA (2) ………………….. 
U.S. government agency MBS: 
  FNMA ………………………. 
  FHLMC ……………………... 
Private issue CMO: 
  Washington Mutual, Inc. ……. 
Total …………………………….. 

Less than 12 months 

  12 months or more 

Total 

Fair 
Value 

Unrealized   
Losses 

Fair 
  Value 

Unrealized   
Losses 

Fair 
  Value 

Unrealized 
Losses 

$     6,833
9,911
48,040
5,872

$    156  
97  
828  
128  

$          -
3,809
2,881
-

$      - 
189 
119 
- 

$     6,833 
13,720 
50,921 
5,872 

$    156
286
947
128

17,533

42,455
16,530

190  

308  
190  

-

- 

17,533 

5,376
-

220 
- 

47,831 
16,530 

190

528
190

10,416
$ 157,590

91  
$ 1,988  

-
$ 12,066

- 
$ 528 

10,416 
$ 169,656 

91
$ 2,516

1)  Federal Farm Credit Banks (“FFCB”) 
2)  Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) 

As of June 30, 2004, the unrealized holding losses relate to a total of 47 investment securities, which consist of 14 
adjustable rate MBS, three adjustable CMO and 30 fixed rate government agency debt obligations, which have been 
in an unrealized loss position (ranging from a deminimus percentage to 5.0% of cost) for not more than 13 months.  
Such unrealized holding losses are the result of an increase in market interest rates during fiscal 2004 and are not the 
result of credit or principal risk.  Based on the nature of the investments and other considerations discussed above, 
management concluded that such unrealized losses were not other than temporary as of June 30, 2004.   

The  following  table  sets  forth  the  outstanding  balance,  maturity  and  weighted  average  yield  of  the  investment 
securities at June 30, 2004: 

Due in  
One Year 
or Less 

Due 

Due  

  After One to 
Five Years 

  After Five to 

Ten Years 

Due 
After 
Ten Years (1) 

Total 

    Amount    Yield    Amount    Yield    Amount    Yield  Amount    Yield    Amount 

  Yield 

(Dollars In Thousands) 

Held to maturity …...    
Available for sale (1)    
Total ……………….   

 $7,174    4.59%    $55,026    2.85%   
     29,452    3.18%   
 $7,174    4.59%    $84,478    2.96%   

  -   

- 

-   
 -   
-   

- 
- 
- 

- 

  $           -   

  $  62,200    3.05% 
160,928    3.65%      190,380    3.58% 
 $160,928    3.65%    $252,580    3.45% 

(1) Includes common stock investments, which do not have a stated maturity.  

Deposit Activities and Other Sources of Funds 

General.  Deposits, the proceeds from loan sales and loan repayments are the major sources of the Bank’s funds for 
lending  and  other  investment  purposes.    Scheduled  loan  repayments  are  a  relatively  stable  source  of  funds,  while 
deposit  inflows  and  outflows  are  influenced  significantly  by  general  interest  rates  and  money  market  conditions.  
Loan sales are also influenced significantly by general interest rates. Borrowings through the FHLB-San Francisco 
and repurchase agreements may be used to compensate for declines in the availability of funds from other sources. 

22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
Deposit Accounts.  Substantially all of the Bank’s depositors are residents of the State of California. Deposits are 
attracted  from  within  the  Bank’s  market  area  by  offering  a  broad  selection  of  deposit  instruments,  including 
checking,  savings,  money  market  and  time  deposits.    Deposit  account  terms  vary,  differentiated  by  the  minimum 
balance required, the time periods that the funds must remain on deposit and the interest rate, among other factors. 
In determining the terms of its deposit accounts, the Bank considers current interest rates, profitability to the Bank, 
interest  rate  risk  characteristics,  competition  and  its  customer  preferences  and  concerns.    Generally,  the  Bank’s 
deposit rates are close to the median rates of its competitors within a given market.  The Bank may occasionally pay 
above-market interest rates to attract or retain deposits when less expensive sources of funds are not available.  The 
Bank  may  also  pay  above-market  interest  rates  in  specific  markets  in  order  to  increase  the  deposit  base  of  a 
particular office or group of offices.  The Bank does not generally accept brokered deposits.  The Bank reviews its 
deposit composition and pricing weekly. 

The  Bank  currently  offers  time  deposits  for  terms  not  exceeding  five  years.    As  illustrated  in  the  following  table, 
time deposits accounted for 34.1% of the Bank’s deposit portfolio at June 30, 2004, compared to 38.6% at June 30, 
2003.    The  Bank  attempts  to  reduce  the  overall  cost  of  its  deposit  portfolio  by  increasing  its  transaction accounts 
(see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” on page 39). 

The following table sets forth information concerning the Bank’s weighted-average interest rate of deposits at June 
30, 2004. 

Weighted 
Average 
Interest Rate 

Term 

Deposit  Account Type 

  Minimum 
Amount 

  Percentage 
of Total 
  (In Thousands)  Deposits 

Balance 

0.00% 

0.52 

1.46 

1.06 

1.77 
1.26 
  - 
0.92 
0.99 
1.88 
2.33 
3.51 
4.42 
5.65 
1.58% 

 N/A 

 N/A 

 N/A 

 N/A 

Checking accounts – non-interest bearing 

 $          - 

 $   41,551 

4.88 % 

Checking accounts – interest bearing …. 

Savings accounts……………………….. 

Money market accounts ……………….. 

 - 

10 

- 

 123,621 

14.53 

        348,911 

41.00 

         46,858 

5.51 

 Time deposits:  

 18 to 36 months  Fixed-term, variable rate ……………… 
Fixed-term, fixed rate …………………. 
 30 days or less 
Fixed-term, fixed rate …………………. 
 31 to 90 days 
Fixed-term, fixed rate …………………. 
 91 to 180 days 
 181 to 365 days 
Fixed-term, fixed rate …………………. 
 Over 1 to 2 years  Fixed-term, fixed rate …………………. 
 Over 2 to 3 years  Fixed-term, fixed rate …………………. 
 Over 3 to 5 years  Fixed-term, fixed rate …………………. 
 Over 5 to 10 years  Fixed-term, fixed rate …………………. 
Fixed-term, fixed rate …………………. 
 Over 10 years 

        1,000 
        1,000 
        1,000 
        1,000 
        1,000 
        1,000 
        1,000 
        1,000 
        1,000 
        1,000 

            2,103 
             126 
                    - 
                 45,635 
         39,215 
          47,412 
      50,012 
                 39,500 
            65,681 
                 414 

0.25 
0.01 

     - 

5.36 
4.60 
5.57 
5.88 
4.64 
7.72 
0.05 

 $ 851,039  100.00 % 

23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table indicates the aggregate dollar amount of the Bank’s time deposits with balances of $100,000 or 
more differentiated by time remaining until maturity as of June 30, 2004.   

  Maturity Period 

Amount 

(In Thousands) 

Three months or less ……………….. 
Over three to six months ………….. 
Over six to twelve months ………… 
Over twelve months ……………….. 

 $   31,937 
           5,584 
           5,602 
            65,539 

 Total ………………………….. 

 $ 108,662 

Deposit  Flows.  The  following  table  sets  forth  the  balances  (inclusive  of  interest  credited)  and  changes  in  dollar 
amount of deposits in the various types of accounts offered by the Bank at and between the dates indicated. 

At June 30, 

2004 
    Percent   
of  
    Amount     Total 

  Increase 
  (Decrease) 

2003 
    Percent   
of  
  Amount     Total 

  Increase 
  (Decrease)   

(Dollars In Thousands) 

$ 12,764 
4,815 
106,714 

(1,790 ) 

(53,288 ) 
(18,447 ) 
26,006  
(184 ) 
68 
$ 76,658  

Checking accounts – non-interest bearing     $   41,551   
Checking accounts – interest bearing …. 
Savings accounts……………………….. 
Money market accounts ………….……. 
Time deposits: 

  123,621    14.53 
  348,911    41.00 
 5.51 

46,858   

4.88%   

$  (2,289 )  $   43,840   

5.81%   

24,722 
76,196 
(1,042 ) 

98,899    13.11 
272,715    36.16 
 6.35 

47,900   

 Fixed-term, fixed rate which mature: 
   Within one year ………………….. 
   Over one to two years ……………. 
   Over two to five years …………… 
   Over five years …………………… 
 Fixed-term, variable rate ………….… 
      Total ……………………………... 

  126,881      14.90 
85,174    10.01 
 8.91 
75,840   
 0.01 
100   
 0.25 
2,103   

  $ 851,039    100.00%   

(66,255 ) 
51,947  
13,730  
53  
(129 ) 
$ 96,933  

193,136    25.61 
 4.41 
 8.24 
 0.01 
 0.30 

33,227   
62,110   
47   
2,232   

$ 754,106    100.00%   

24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
   
   
  
 
   
   
  
   
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Time  Deposits  by  Rates.    The  following  table  sets  forth  the  aggregate  balance  of  time  deposits  categorized  by 
interest rates at the dates indicated. 

         2004 

  At June 30, 
        2003 

         2002 

(In Thousands) 

Below 1.00% ……………………………………………. 
1.00 to 1.99% …………………………………………… 
2.00 to 2.99% …………………………………………… 
3.00 to 3.99% …………………………………………… 
4.00 to 4.99% …………………………………………… 
5.00 to 5.99% …………………………………………… 
6.00 to 6.99% …………………………………………… 
7.00 to 7.99% …………………………………………… 
8.00% and over …………………………………………. 
 Total ……………………………………………….. 

 $   40,867 
74,727 
78,066 
43,517 
37,816 
10,320 
4,463 
322 
- 
 $ 290,098 

 $   30,972 
92,474 
38,404 
66,111 
40,831 
11,548 
9,504 
908 
- 
 $ 290,752 

 $          84 
62,051 
42,385 
74,298 
79,399 
19,807 
57,001 
1,390 
182 
 $ 336,597 

Time Deposits by Maturities.  The following table sets forth the aggregate dollar amount of time deposits at June 
30, 2004 differentiated by interest rates and maturity. 

  Less Than 
  One Year 

  One to  

Two 
Years 

  Two to 
Three 
  Years 

  Three to 
Four 
  Years 

After 
Four 
  Years 

(In Thousands) 

Below 1.00%  ….. 
1.00 to 1.99%  ….. 
2.00 to 2.99%  ….. 
3.00 to 3.99%  ….. 
4.00 to 4.99%  ….. 
5.00 to 5.99%  ….. 
6.00 to 6.99%  ….. 
7.00 to and over  ….. 

$   40,056 
      62,476 
      8,059 
      7,446 
      6,693 
      1,461 
      2,004 
    322 

 $       811 
11,688 
             64,152 
           3,832 
           1,316 
           1,312 
              2,459 
            - 

       $           - 
537 
             3,776 
             8,683 
           13,278 
             5,483 
           - 
           - 

       $          - 
26 
1,737 
13,629 
7,778 
1,853 
           - 
           - 

       $           - 
           - 
342 
9,927 
8,751 
211 
           - 
           - 

Total 

 $   40,867 
74,727 
78,066 
43,517 
37,816 
10,320 
4,463 
322 

 Total …….…... 

 $ 128,517 

 $ 85,570 

 $ 31,757 

 $ 25,023 

 $ 19,231 

 $ 290,098 

Deposit Activity.  The following table sets forth the deposit activity of the Bank for the periods indicated. 

At or For the Year Ended June 30, 
          2003 

         2002 

          2004 

(In Thousands) 

Beginning balance ……………….…………………….. 

 $ 754,106 

 $ 677,448 

 $ 730,041 

Net deposits (withdrawals) before interest credited  
Interest credited ………………….……………………. 
Net increase (decrease) in deposits ……………………. 

83,591  
13,342 
96,933  

60,377  
16,281 
76,658  

(76,786 ) 
24,193 
(52,593 ) 

 Ending balance ………………………………………. 

 $ 851,039 

 $ 754,106 

 $ 677,448 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Borrowings.   The FHLB-San Francisco functions as a central reserve bank providing credit for member financial 
institutions.  As a member, the Bank is required to own capital stock in the FHLB-San Francisco and is authorized to 
apply  for  advances  using  such  stock  and  certain  of  its  mortgage  loans  and  other  assets  (principally  investment 
securities  which  are  obligations  of,  or  guaranteed  by,  the  U.S.  government)  as  collateral,  provided  certain 
creditworthiness standards have been met.  Advances are made pursuant to several different credit programs.  Each 
credit program has its own interest rate, maturity, terms and conditions.  Depending on the program, limitations on 
the amount of advances are based on the financial condition of the member institution and the adequacy of collateral 
pledged to secure the credit.  The Bank utilizes advances from the FHLB-San Francisco as an alternative to deposits 
to supplement its supply of lendable funds, to meet deposit withdrawal requirements and to help manage interest rate 
risk.  The FHLB-San Francisco has, from time to time, served as the Bank’s primary borrowing source.  Advances 
from the FHLB-San Francisco are typically secured by the Bank’s first mortgage loans.  Total first mortgage loans 
pledged to the FHLB-San Francisco was $345.2 million at June 30, 2004 as compared to $348.8 million at June 30, 
2003.  In addition, the Bank pledged investment securities totaling $206.9 million at June 30, 2004 as compared to 
$242.2  million  at  June  30,  2003  to  collateralize  its  FHLB  advances  under  the  Securities-Backed  Credit  (“SBC”) 
facility.    At  June  30,  2004,  the  Bank  had  $324.9  million  of  borrowings  from  the  FHLB-San  Francisco  with  a 
weighted-average  rate  of  4.01%,  of  which  $18.0  million  was  under  the  SBC  facility.    Such  borrowings  mature 
between 2004 and 2021.   
The following table sets forth certain information regarding borrowings by the Bank at the dates and for the periods 
indicated: 

At or For the Year Ended June 30, 
        2003 

          2004 

        2002 

(Dollars In Thousands) 

Balance outstanding at the end of period: 

 FHLB advances ……………………………………………... 

 $ 324,877 

 $ 367,938 

 $ 202,466 

Weighted average rate at the end of period: 

 FHLB advances ……………………………………………... 

4.01% 

3.50% 

5.50% 

Maximum amount of borrowings outstanding at any month end: 

 FHLB advances ……………………………………………... 

 $ 385,385 

 $ 367,938 

 $ 257,525 

Average short-term borrowings (1)  
  With respect to: 

 FHLB advances ……………………………………………... 

 $   97,638 

 $ 124,226 

 $   76,144 

Weighted average short-term borrowing rate during the period 
  With respect to: 

 FHLB advances ……………………………………………... 

2.42% 

2.49% 

6.67% 

(1) Borrowings with a remaining term of 12 months or less. 

In addition, the Bank has a borrowing arrangement in the form of a federal funds facility with its correspondent bank 
in the amount of  $45.0 million, none of which was outstanding at June 30, 2004 and 2003. 

Subsidiary Activities 

Federal  savings  institutions  generally  may  invest  up  to  3% of their assets in service corporations, provided that at 
least  one-half  of  any  amount  in  excess  of  1%  is  used  primarily  for  community,  inner-city  and  community 
development  projects.    The  Bank’s  investment  in  its  service  corporations  did  not  exceed  these  limits  at  June  30, 
2004. 

26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
The Bank has three wholly owned subsidiaries: Provident Financial Corp (“PFC”), Profed Mortgage, Inc., and First 
Service Corporation.  PFC’s current activities include: (i) acting as trustee for the Bank’s real estate transactions, (ii) 
engaging in annuity sales and providing brokerage services at branch offices of the Bank (through August 31, 2003), 
(iii) selling property insurance and life insurance, primarily to the Bank’s customers (through August 31, 2003), and 
(iv)  holding  real  estate  for  investment.    Effective  September  1,  2003,  the  Bank  began  offering  investment  and 
insurance  services  directly,  without  going  through  its  subsidiary.    The  largest  real  estate  investment  of  PFC  is  an 
office building in downtown Riverside, California with a book value of  $9.6 million as of June 30, 2004.  Other real 
estate  held  for  investment  by  PFC  at  June  30,  2004  was  $653,000.    Profed  Mortgage,  Inc.,  which  formerly 
conducted the Bank’s mortgage banking activities, and First Service Corporation are currently inactive.  At June 30, 
2004, the Bank’s investment in its subsidiaries was $8.7 million. 

General 

REGULATION 

The  Bank,  as  a  federally-chartered  savings  institution,  is  subject  to  federal  regulation  and  oversight  by  the  OTS 
extending  to  all  aspects  of  its  operations.    The  Bank  also  is  subject  to  regulation  and  examination  by  the  FDIC, 
which insures the deposits of the Bank to the maximum extent permitted by law, and requirements established by the 
Federal Reserve Board.  Federally-chartered savings institutions are required to file periodic reports with the OTS 
and  are  subject  to  periodic  examinations  by  the  OTS  and  the  FDIC.    Federal  laws  and  regulations  prescribe  the 
investment and lending authority of savings institutions, and these institutions are prohibited from engaging in any 
activities  not  permitted  by  the  laws  and  regulations.    This  regulation and supervision primarily is intended for the 
protection of depositors and not for the purpose of protecting shareholders.  

The OTS regularly examines the Bank and prepares reports for the consideration of the Bank's Board of Directors on 
any deficiencies that it may find in the Bank's operations.  The FDIC also has the authority to examine the Bank in 
its roles as the administrator of the SAIF.  The Bank's relationship with its depositors and borrowers also is regulated 
to a great extent by both federal and state laws, especially in matters such as the ownership of savings accounts and 
the form and content of the Bank's mortgage requirements.  Any change in these regulations, whether by the FDIC, 
the OTS or Congress could have a material adverse impact on the Company, the Bank and their operations. 

Federal Regulation of Savings Institutions 

Office of Thrift Supervision.  The OTS has extensive authority over the operations of savings institution.  As part 
of this authority, the Bank is required to file periodic reports with the OTS and is subject to periodic examinations 
by the OTS and the FDIC.  When the OTS and the FDIC conduct these examinations, the examiners may require the 
Bank  to  provide  for  higher  general  or  specific  loan  loss  reserves.    All  savings  institutions  are  subject  to  a  semi-
annual assessment, based upon the institution's total assets, to fund the operations of the OTS.  The OTS also has 
extensive  enforcement  authority  over  all  savings  institutions  and  their  holding  companies,  including  the  Bank  and 
the Company.  This enforcement authority includes, among other things, the ability to assess civil money penalties, 
issue cease-and-desist or removal orders and initiate injunctive actions.  In general, these enforcement actions may 
be initiated for violations of laws and regulations and unsafe or unsound practices.  Other actions or inaction may 
provide the basis for enforcement action, including misleading or untimely reports filed with the OTS.  Except under 
certain circumstances, public disclosure of final enforcement actions by the OTS is required.  

In  addition,  the  investment,  lending  and  branching  authority  of  the  Bank  is  prescribed  by  federal  laws  and  it  is 
prohibited  from  engaging  in  any  activities  not  permitted  by  these  laws.    For  example,  no  savings  institution may 
invest in non-investment grade corporate debt securities.  In addition, the permissible level of investment by federal 
institutions  in  loans  secured  by  non-residential  real  property  may  not  exceed  400%  of  total  capital,  except  with 
approval of the OTS.  Federal savings institutions are also generally authorized to branch nationwide.  The Bank is 
in compliance with the noted restrictions.  

All  savings  institutions  are  required  to  pay  assessments  to  the  OTS  to  fund  the  agency’s  operations.    The  general 
assessments,  paid  on  a  semi-annual  basis,  are  determined  based  on  the  savings  institution’s  total  assets,  including 

27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
consolidated  subsidiaries.    The  Bank’s  annual  OTS  assessment  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  2004  was 
$224,000. 

Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  System.    The  Bank  is  a  member  of  the  FHLB-San  Francisco,  which  is  one  of  12 
regional FHLBs that administer the home financing credit function of savings institutions.  Each FHLB serves as a 
reserve  or  central  bank  for  its  members  within  its  assigned  region.    It  is  funded  primarily  from  proceeds  derived 
from  the  sale  of  consolidated  obligations  of  the  FHLB  System.    It  makes  loans  or  advances  to  members  in 
accordance with policies and procedures, established by the Board of Directors of the FHLB, which are subject to 
the oversight of the Federal Housing Finance Board.  All advances from the FHLB are required to be fully secured 
by  sufficient  collateral  as  determined  by  the  FHLB.    In  addition,  all  long-term  advances  are  required  to  provide 
funds for residential home financing. 

As a member, the Bank is required to purchase and maintain stock in the FHLB-San Francisco.  At June 30, 2004, 
the Bank had $27.9 million in FHLB stock, which was in compliance with this requirement.  In past years, the Bank 
has received substantial dividends on its FHLB stock.  Over the past two fiscal years such dividends have averaged 
5.10% and were 3.91% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004. 

Under federal law, the FHLB is required to provide funds for the resolution of troubled savings institutions and to 
contribute  to  low  and  moderately  priced  housing  programs  through  direct  loans  or  interest  subsidies  on  advances 
targeted  for  community  investment  and  low-  and  moderate-income  housing  projects.  These  contributions  have 
affected adversely the level of FHLB dividends paid and could continue to do so in the future.  These contributions 
also could have an adverse effect on the value of FHLB stock in the future. 

Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation.    The  FDIC  is  an  independent  federal  agency  established  originally  to 
insure  the  deposits,  up  to  prescribed  statutory  limits,  of  federally  insured  banks  and  to  preserve  the  safety  and 
soundness  of  the  banking  industry.    The  FDIC  maintains  two  separate  insurance  funds:  the  Bank  Insurance  Fund 
(“BIF”) and the SAIF.  The Bank is a member of the SAIF, which is administered by the FDIC.  The FDIC insures 
deposits  up  to  the  applicable  limits  and  this  insurance  is  backed  by  the  full  faith  and  credit  of  the  United  States 
government. 

As  insurer,  the  FDIC  imposes  deposit  insurance  premiums  and  is  authorized  to  conduct  examinations  of  and  to 
require reporting by FDIC-insured institutions.  It also may prohibit any FDIC-insured institution from engaging in 
any activity the FDIC determines by regulation or order to pose a serious risk to the SAIF or the BIF. The FDIC also 
has the authority to initiate enforcement actions against savings institutions, after giving the OTS an opportunity to 
take such action, and may terminate the deposit insurance if it determines that the institution has engaged in unsafe 
or unsound practices or is in an unsafe or unsound condition. 

The  FDIC’s  deposit  insurance  premiums  are  assessed  through  a  risk-based  system  under  which  all  insured 
depository  institutions  are  placed  into  one  of  nine  categories  and  assessed  insurance  premiums  based  upon  their 
level of capital and supervisory evaluation.  Under the system, institutions classified as well capitalized (i.e., a core 
capital ratio of least 5%, a ratio of Tier 1, or core capital, to risk-weighted assets ((“Tier 1 risk-based capital”)) of at 
least  6%  and  a  risk-based  capital  ratio  of  at  least  10%)  and  considered  healthy,  pay  the  lowest  premium  while 
institutions that are less than adequately capitalized (i.e., a core or Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4% or a 
risk-based capital ratio of less than 8%) and considered of substantial supervisory concern, pay the highest premium.  
The FDIC makes risk classification of all insured institutions is made by the FDIC for each semi-annual assessment 
period. 

The FDIC is authorized to increase assessment rates, on a semi-annual basis, if it determines that the reserve ratio of 
the SAIF will be less than the designated reserve ratio of 1.25% of SAIF insured deposits.  In setting these increased 
assessments, the FDIC must seek to restore the reserve ratio to that designated reserve level, or such higher reserve 
ratio  as  established  by  the  FDIC.    The  FDIC  may  also  impose  special  assessments  on  SAIF  members  to  repay 
amounts borrowed from the United States Treasury or for any other reasons deemed necessary by the FDIC.      

Since January 1, 1997, the premium schedule for BIF and SAIF insured institutions has ranged from 0 to 27 basis 
points.    However,  SAIF-  and  BIF-insured  institutions  are  required  to  pay  a  Financing  Corporation  assessment  in 
order  to  fund  the  interest  on  bonds  issued  to  resolve  thrift  failures  in  the  1980s  equal  to  approximately  1.5  basis 

28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
points for each $100 in domestic deposits annually.  These assessments, which may be revised based upon the level 
of BIF and SAIF deposits, will continue until the bonds mature. 

Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“FDIA”), the FDIC may terminate deposit insurance upon a finding that 
the  institution  has  engaged  in  unsafe  or  unsound  practices,  is  in  an  unsafe  or  unsound  condition  to  continue 
operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC or the OTS.  
Management  of  the  Bank  does  not  know  of  any  practice,  condition  or  violation  that  might  lead  to  termination  of 
deposit insurance. 

Prompt  Corrective  Action.    The  OTS  is  required  to  take  certain  supervisory  actions  against  undercapitalized 
savings institutions, the severity of which depends upon the institution’s degree of undercapitalization.  Generally, 
an institution that has a ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of less than 8.0%, a ratio of Tier I (core) capital 
to risk-weighted assets of less than 4.0%, or a ratio of core capital to total assets of less than 4.0% (3.0% or less for 
institutions  with  the  highest  examination  rating)  is  considered  to  be  “undercapitalized.”    An  institution  that  has  a 
total risk-based capital ratio less than 6.0%, a Tier I capital ratio of less than 3.0% or a leverage ratio that is less than 
3.0% is considered to be “significantly undercapitalized” and an institution that has a tangible capital to total assets 
ratio  equal  to  or  less  than  1.5%  is  deemed  to  be  “critically  undercapitalized.”    Subject  to a narrow exception, the 
OTS  is  required  to  appoint  a  receiver  or  conservator  for  a  savings  institution  that  is  “critically  undercapitalized.”  
Compliance with the plan must be guaranteed by any parent holding company in an amount of up to the lesser of 5% 
of the institution's assets or the amount that would bring the institution into compliance with all capital standards.  In 
addition,  numerous  mandatory  supervisory  actions  become  immediately  applicable  to  an  undercapitalized 
institution,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  increased  monitoring  by  regulators  and  restrictions  on  growth,  capital 
distributions  and  expansion.    The  OTS  also  could  take  any  one  of  a  number  of  discretionary  supervisory  actions, 
including the issuance of a capital directive and the replacement of senior executive officers and directors. 

At June 30, 2004, the Bank was categorized as “well capitalized” under the prompt corrective action regulations of 
the OTS. 

Standards  for  Safety  and  Soundness.    The  federal  banking  regulatory  agencies  have  prescribed,  by  regulation, 
standards  for  all  insured  depository  institutions  relating  to:  (i)  internal  controls,  information  systems  and  internal 
audit systems; (ii) loan documentation; (iii) credit underwriting; (iv) interest rate risk exposure; (v) asset growth; (vi) 
asset quality; (vii) earnings; and (viii) compensation, fees and benefits (“Guidelines”).  The Guidelines set forth the 
safety  and  soundness  standards  that  the  federal  banking  agencies  use  to  identify  and  address  problems  at  insured 
depository  institutions  before  capital  becomes  impaired.    If  the  OTS  determines  that  the  Bank  fails  to  meet  any 
standard prescribed by the Guidelines, it may require the Bank to submit an acceptable plan to achieve compliance 
with the standard.  OTS regulations establish deadlines for the submission and review of such safety and soundness 
compliance  plans.    Management  is  aware  of  no  conditions  relating  to  these  safety  and  soundness  standards which 
would require the submission of a plan of compliance. 

Qualified Thrift Lender Test.  All savings institutions, including the Bank, are required to meet a qualified thrift 
lender (“QTL”) test to avoid certain restrictions on their operations.  This test requires a savings institution to have 
at  least  65%  of  its  total  assets  less  (i)  specified  liquid  assets  up  to  20%  of  total  assets,  (ii)  intangibles,  including 
goodwill and (iii) the value of property used to conduct business in certain "qualified thrift investments" in at least 
nine out of each 12 month period on a rolling basis.  As an alternative, the savings institution may maintain 60% of 
its assets in those assets specified in Section 7701(a)(19) of the Internal Revenue Code (“Code”).  Under either test, 
such assets primarily consist of residential housing related loans and investments.  At June 30, 2004, the Bank met 
the test and its QTL percentage was 86.11%. 

Any savings institution that fails to meet the QTL test must convert to a national bank charter, unless it requalifies as 
a QTL and thereafter remains a QTL.  If an association does not requalify and converts to a national bank charter, it 
must  remain  SAIF-insured  until  the  FDIC  permits  it  to  transfer  to  the  BIF.      If  such  an  association  has  not  yet 
requalified  or  converted  to  a  national  bank,  its  new  investments  and  activities  are  limited  to  those  permissible  for 
both a savings institution and a national bank, and it is limited to national bank branching rights in its home state.  In 
addition,  the  association is immediately ineligible to receive any new FHLB borrowings and is subject to national 
bank  limits  for  the  payment  of  dividends.    If  such  association  has  not  requalified  or  converted  to  a  national  bank 
within  three  years  after  the  failure,  it  must  divest  of  all  investments  and  cease  all  activities  not  permissible  for  a 

29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
national  bank.    In  addition,  it  must  repay  promptly  any  outstanding  FHLB  borrowings,  which  may  result  in 
prepayment penalties.  If any association that fails the QTL test is controlled by a holding company, then within one 
year  after  the  failure,  the  holding  company  must  register  as  a  bank  holding  company  and  become  subject  to  all 
restrictions on bank holding companies (see “Savings and Loan Holding Company Regulations” on page 32). 

Capital  Requirements.    Federally  insured  savings  institutions,  such  as  the  Bank,  are  required  to  maintain  a 
minimum  level  of  regulatory  capital.  The  OTS  has  established  capital  standards,  including  a  tangible  capital 
requirement,  a  leverage ratio (or core capital) requirement and a risk-based capital requirement applicable to such 
savings  institutions.    These  capital  requirements  must  be  generally  as  stringent  as  the  comparable  capital 
requirements  for  national  banks.    The  OTS  is  also  authorized  to  impose  capital  requirements  in  excess  of  these 
standards on individual institutions on a case-by-case basis. 

The capital regulations require tangible capital of at least 1.5% of adjusted total assets (as defined by regulation). At 
June  30,  2004,  the  Bank  had  tangible  capital  of  $90.4  million,  or  6.9%  of  adjusted  total  assets,  which  is 
approximately $70.8 million above the minimum requirement of 1.5% of adjusted total assets on that date.  At June 
30, 2004, the Bank had $175.5 million in core deposit intangible and $1.6 million in servicing assets. 

The capital standards also require core capital equal to at least 3.0% or 4.0% of adjusted total assets, depending on 
an institution’s supervisory rating.  Core capital generally consists of tangible capital.  At June 30, 2004, the Bank 
had core capital equal to $90.4 million, or 6.9% of adjusted tangible assets, which is $38.0 million above the 4.0% 
requirement of adjusted tangible assets on that date. 

The  OTS  risk-based  capital  requirement  requires  savings  institutions  to  have  total  capital  of  at  least  8%  of 
risk-weighted  assets.    Total  capital  consists  of  core  capital,  as  defined  above  and  supplementary  capital.  
Supplementary  capital  consists  of  certain  permanent  and  maturing  capital  instruments  that  do  not  qualify  as  Core 
capital and general loan loss allowances up to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets. Supplementary capital 
may be used to satisfy the risk-based requirement only to the extent of core capital. 

In  determining  the  amount  of  risk-weighted  assets,  all  assets,  including  certain  off-balance  sheet  items,  are 
multiplied by a risk weight, ranging from 0% to 200%, based on the risk inherent in the type of asset.  For example, 
the  OTS  has  assigned  a  risk  weighting  of  50%  for  prudently  underwritten  permanent  single-family  first  lien 
mortgage loans not more than 90 days delinquent and having a loan-to-value ratio of not more than 80% at the time 
of origination unless insured to such ratio by an insurer approved by FNMA or FHLMC. 

On June 30, 2004, the Bank had total risk-based capital of approximately $95.0 million, including $90.4 million in 
core  capital  and $4.6 million in qualifying supplementary capital, and risk-weighted assets of $766.8 million, or a 
total capital ratio of 12.4% to risk-weighted assets. This amount was $33.7 million above the 8.0% requirement on 
that date. 

The OTS is authorized to impose capital requirements in excess of these standards on individual associations on a 
case-by-case basis.  The OTS and the FDIC are authorized and, under certain circumstances required, to take certain 
actions against savings institutions that fail to meet their capital requirements.  The OTS is generally required to take 
action to restrict the activities of an “undercapitalized association” (generally defined to be one with less than either 
a 4.0% core capital ratio, a 4.0% Tier 1 capital ratio or an 8.0% risk-based capital ratio).  Any such association must 
submit  a  capital  restoration  plan  and  until  such  plan  is  approved  by  the  OTS  may  not  increase  its  assets,  acquire 
another  institution,  establish  a  branch  or  engage  in  any  new  activities,  and  generally  may  not  make  capital 
distributions.    The  OTS  is  authorized  to  impose  the  additional  restrictions  that  are  applicable  to  significantly 
undercapitalized associations. 

The  OTS  is  also  generally  authorized  to  reclassify  an  association  into  a  lower  capital  category  and  impose  the 
restrictions applicable to such category if the institution is engaged in unsafe or unsound practices or is in an unsafe 
or unsound condition. 

The  imposition  by  the  OTS  or  the  FDIC  of  any  of  these  measures  on  the  Corporation  or  the  Bank  may  have  a 
substantial adverse effect on their operations and profitability. 

30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Limitations on Capital Distributions.  The OTS imposes various restrictions on savings institutions with respect to 
their  ability  to  make  distributions  of  capital,  which  include  dividends,  stock  redemptions  or  repurchases,  cash-out 
mergers  and  other  transactions  charged  to  the  capital  account.    The  OTS  also  prohibits  a  savings  institution  from 
declaring or paying any dividends or from repurchasing any of its stock if, as a result of such action, the regulatory 
capital of the association would be reduced below the amount required to be maintained for the liquidation account 
established in connection with the association's mutual to stock conversion. 

The  Bank  may  make  a  capital  distribution  without  OTS  approval  provided  that  the  Bank  notify  the  OTS  30  days 
before it declares the capital distribution and that the following requirements are met: (i) the Bank has a regulatory 
rating  in  one  of  the  two  top  examination  categories;  (ii)  the  Bank  is  not  of  supervisory  concern,  and  will  remain 
adequately or well capitalized, as defined in the OTS prompt corrective action regulations, following the proposed 
distribution;  and  (iii)  the  distribution  does  not  exceed  the  Bank's  net  income  for  the  calendar  year-to-date  plus 
retained net income for the previous two calendar years (less any dividends previously paid).  If the Bank does not 
meet  these  stated  requirements,  it  must  obtain  the  prior  approval  of  the  OTS  before  declaring  any  proposed 
distributions. 

If  the  Bank's  capital  falls  below  its  regulatory  requirements  or  the  OTS  notifies  it  that  it  is  in  need  of  more  than 
normal  supervision,  the  Bank's  ability  to  make  capital  distributions  will  be  restricted.    In  addition,  no  distribution 
will be made if OTS notifies the Bank that a proposed capital distribution would constitute an unsafe and unsound 
practice, which would otherwise be permitted by the regulation. 

Loans to One Borrower.  Federal law provides that savings institutions are generally subject to the national bank 
limit  on  loans  to  one  borrower.    A  savings  institution  may  not  make  a  loan  or  extend credit to a single or related 
group of borrowers in excess of 15% of its unimpaired capital and surplus.  An additional amount may be lent, equal 
to 10% of unimpaired capital and surplus, if secured by specified readily marketable collateral.  At June 30, 2004, 
the Bank’s limit on loans to one borrower was $16.0 million.  At June 30, 2004, the Bank’s largest loan commitment 
to a related group of borrowers was $13.1 million.  Of this commitment, $ 7.7 million has been disbursed in the form 
of four loans, which are performing according to their original terms; while $2.3 million of these loans were sold to 
investors in the form of participation loans. 

Activities of Associations and Their Subsidiaries.  When a savings institution establishes or acquires a subsidiary 
or elects to conduct any new activity through a subsidiary that the association controls, the savings institution must 
notify  the  FDIC  and  the  OTS  30  days  in  advance  and  provide  the  information  each  agency  may,  by  regulation, 
require.  Savings institutions also must conduct the activities of subsidiaries in accordance with existing regulations 
and orders. 

The OTS may determine that the continuation by a savings institution of its ownership, control of, or its relationship 
to,  the  subsidiary  constitutes  a  serious  risk  to  the  safety,  soundness  or  stability  of  the  savings  institution  or  is 
inconsistent  with  sound  banking  practices  or  with  the  purposes  of  the  FDIA.    Based  upon  that  determination,  the 
FDIC or the OTS has the authority to order the savings institution to divest itself of control of the subsidiary.  The 
FDIC also may determine by regulation or order that any specific activity poses a serious threat to the SAIF.  If so, it 
may require that no SAIF member engage in that activity directly. 

Transactions with Affiliates.  Savings institutions must comply with Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve 
Act  relative  to  transactions  with  affiliates  in  the  same  manner  and  to  the  same  extent  as  if  the  savings  institution 
were  a  Federal  Reserve  member  Savings  Bank.    Generally,  transactions  between  a  savings  institution  or  its 
subsidiaries  and  its  affiliates  are  required  to  be  on  terms  as  favorable  to  the  association  as  transactions  with 
non-affiliates.  In addition, certain of these transactions, such as loans to an affiliate, are restricted to a percentage of 
the  association’s  capital.    Affiliates  of  the  Bank  include  the  Corporation  and  any  company  that  is  under  common 
control  with  the  Bank.    In  addition,  a  savings  institution  may  not  lend  to  any  affiliate  engaged  in  activities  not 
permissible  for a savings and loan holding company or acquire the securities of most affiliates.  The OTS has the 
discretion to treat subsidiaries of savings institutions as affiliates on a case-by-case basis. 

On April 1, 2003, the Federal Reserve's Regulation W, which comprehensively amends sections 23A and 23B of the 
Federal  Reserve  Act,  became  effective.    The  Federal  Reserve  Act  and  Regulation  W  are  applicable  to  savings 
institutions  such  as  the  Bank.    The  Regulation  unifies  and  updates  staff  interpretations  issued  over  the  years, 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
incorporates several new interpretative proposals (such as to clarify when transactions with an unrelated third party 
will be attributed to an affiliate) and addresses new issues arising as a result of the expanded scope of nonbanking 
activities  engaged  in  by  banks  and  bank  holding  companies  in  recent  years  and  authorized  for  financial  holding 
companies under the Financial Services Modernization Act of 1999. 

Certain transactions with directors, officers or controlling persons are also subject to conflict of interest regulations 
enforced by the OTS.  These conflict of interest regulations and other statutes also impose restrictions on loans to 
such  persons  and  their  related  interests.    Among  other  things,  such  loans must be made on terms substantially the 
same as for loans to unaffiliated individuals. 

Community  Reinvestment  Act.    Under  the  Community  Reinvestment  Act,  every  FDIC-insured  institution  has  a 
continuing and affirmative obligation consistent with safe and sound banking practices to help meet the credit needs 
of  its  entire  community,  including  low  and  moderate  income  neighborhoods.  The Community Reinvestment Act 
does  not  establish  specific  lending  requirements  or  programs  for  financial  institutions  nor  does  it  limit  an 
institution's discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular 
community,  consistent  with  the  Community  Reinvestment  Act.    The  Community  Reinvestment  Act  requires  the 
OTS, in connection with the examination of the Bank, to assess the institution's record of meeting the credit needs of 
its community and to take such record into account in its evaluation of certain applications, such as a merger or the 
establishment of a branch, by the Bank.  The OTS may use an unsatisfactory rating as the basis for the denial of an 
application.  Due to the heightened attention being given to the Community Reinvestment Act in the past few years, 
the Bank may be required to devote additional funds for investment and lending in its local community.  The Bank 
was  examined  for  Community  Reinvestment  Act  compliance  and  received  a  rating  of  satisfactory  in  its  latest 
examination. 

Regulatory  and  Criminal  Enforcement  Provisions.    The  OTS  has  primary  enforcement  responsibility  over 
savings  institutions  and  has  the  authority  to  bring  action  against  all  “institution-affiliated  parties,”  including 
stockholders,  and  any  attorneys,  appraisers  and  accountants  who  knowingly  or  recklessly  participate  in  wrongful 
action  likely  to  have  an  adverse  effect  on  an  insured  institution.    Formal  enforcement  action  may  range  from  the 
issuance  of  a  capital  directive  or  cease  and  desist  order  to  removal  of  officers  or  directors,  receivership, 
conservatorship  or  termination  of  deposit  insurance.    Civil  penalties  cover  a  wide  range  of  violations  and  can 
amount  to $25,000 per day, or $1.1 million per day in especially egregious cases.  The FDIC has the authority to 
recommend  to  the  Director  of  the  OTS  that  enforcement  action  be  taken  with  respect  to  a  particular  savings 
institution.    If  the  Director  does  not  take  action,  the  FDIC  has  authority  to  take  such  action  under  certain 
circumstances.  Federal law also establishes criminal penalties for certain violations. 

Environmental  Issues  Associated  with  Real  Estate  Lending.    The  Comprehensive  Environmental  Response, 
Compensation  and  Liability  Act  ("CERCLA"),  a  federal  statute,  generally  imposes  strict  liability  on  all  prior  and 
present  "owners  and  operators"  of sites containing hazardous waste.  However, Congress asked to protect secured 
creditors  by  providing  that  the  term  "owner  and  operator"  excludes  a  person  whose  ownership  is  limited  to 
protecting its security interest in the site.  Since the enactment of the CERCLA, this "secured creditor exemption" 
has been the subject of judicial interpretations which have left open the possibility that lenders could be liable for 
cleanup costs on contaminated property that they hold as collateral for a loan. 

To the extent that legal uncertainty exists in this area, all creditors, including the Bank, that have made loans secured 
by properties with potential hazardous waste contamination (such as petroleum contamination) could be subject to 
liability for cleanup costs, which costs often substantially exceed the value of the collateral property. 

Savings and Loan Holding Company Regulations 

General.  The Corporation is a unitary savings and loan holding company subject to the regulatory oversight of the 
OTS.  Accordingly, the Corporation is required to register and file reports with the OTS and is subject to regulation 
and  examination  by  the  OTS.    In  addition,  the  OTS  has  enforcement  authority  over  the  Corporation  and  its  non-
savings  institution  subsidiaries,  which  also  permits  the  OTS to restrict or prohibit activities that are determined to 
present a serious risk to the subsidiary savings institution. 

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Financial Services Modernization Act.  On November 12, 1999, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Financial Services 
Modernization Act of 1999 (“GLBA”) was signed into law.  The purpose of this legislation was to modernize the 
financial  services  industry  by  establishing  a  comprehensive  framework  to  permit  affiliations  among  commercial 
banks, insurance companies, securities firms and other financial service providers.  Generally, the Act: 

(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

(d) 
(e) 

repealed the historical restrictions and eliminates many federal and state law barriers to affiliations 
among banks, securities firms, insurance companies and other financial service providers; 
provided  a  uniform  framework  for  the  functional  regulation  of  the  activities  of  banks,  savings 
institutions and their holding companies; 
broadened  the  activities  that  may  be  conducted  by  national  banks,  banking  subsidiaries  of  bank 
holding companies and their financial subsidiaries;  
provided an enhanced framework for protecting the privacy of consumer information;  and 
addressed a variety of other legal and regulatory issues affecting day-to-day operations and long-
term activities of financial institutions. 

The GLBA also imposes certain obligations on financial institutions to develop privacy policies, restrict the sharing 
of  nonpublic  customer  data  with  nonaffiliated  parties  at  the  customer's  request,  and  establish  procedures  and 
practices to protect and secure customer data. These privacy provisions were implemented by regulations that were 
effective on November 12, 2000. Compliance with the privacy provisions was required by July 1, 2001. 

Acquisitions.    Federal  law  and  OTS  regulations  issued  thereunder  generally  prohibit  a  savings  and  loan  holding 
company,  without  prior  OTS  approval,  from  acquiring  more  than  5%  of  the  voting  stock  of  any  other  savings 
institution or savings and loan holding company or controlling the assets thereof.  They also prohibit, among other 
things, any director or officer of a savings and loan holding company, or any individual who owns or controls more 
than  25%  of  the  voting  shares  of  such  holding  company,  from  acquiring  control  of  any  savings  institution  not  a 
subsidiary of such savings and loan holding company, unless the acquisition is approved by the OTS. 

Activities.    As  a  unitary  savings  and  loan  holding  company,  the  Corporation  generally  is  not  subject  to  activity 
restrictions.  If the Corporation acquires control of another savings institution as a separate subsidiary other than in a 
supervisory  acquisition,  it  would  become  a  multiple  savings  and  loan  holding  company  and  the  activities  of  the 
Bank and any other subsidiaries (other than the Bank or any other SAIF insured savings institution) would generally 
become  subject  to  additional  restrictions.    There  generally  are  more  restrictions  on  the  activities  of  a  multiple 
savings  and  loan  holding  company  than  on  those  of  a  unitary  savings  and  loan  holding  company.    Federal  law 
provides that, among other things, no multiple savings and loan holding company or subsidiary thereof which is not 
an insured association shall commence or continue for more than two years after becoming a multiple savings and 
loan  holding  company  or  subsidiary  thereof,  any  business  activity  other  than:    (i)  furnishing  or  performing 
management  services  for  a  subsidiary  insured  institution,  (ii)  conducting  an  insurance  agency  or  escrow  business, 
(iii) holding, managing, or liquidating assets owned by or acquired from a subsidiary insured institution, (iv) holding 
or  managing  properties  used  or  occupied  by  a  subsidiary  insured  institution,  (v)  acting  as  trustee  under  deeds  of 
trust,  (vi)  those  activities  previously  directly  authorized  by  regulation  as  of  March  5,  1987  to  be  engaged  in  by 
multiple  savings  and  loan  holding  companies  or  (vii)  those  activities  authorized  by  the  Federal  Reserve  Board  as 
permissible for savings and loan holding companies, unless the OTS by regulation, prohibits or limits such activities 
for savings and loan holding companies.  Those activities described in (vii) above also must be approved by the OTS 
prior to being engaged in by a multiple savings and loan holding company. 

The  USA  Patriot  Act.  In response to the terrorist events of  September 11, 2001, the Uniting and Strengthening 
America  by  Providing  Appropriate  Tools  Required  to  Intercept  and  Obstruct  Terrorism  Act  of  2001  (the  “USA 
Patriot  Act”  was  signed  into  law  on  October  26,  2001.    The  USA  Patriot  Act  gives  the  federal  government  new 
powers  to  address  terrorist  threats  through  enhanced  domestic  security  measures,  expanded  surveillance  powers, 
increased information sharing, and broadened anti-money laundering requirements.  Title III of the USA PATRIOT 
Act  takes  measures  intended  to  encourage  information  sharing  among  bank  regulatory  agencies  and  law 
enforcement  bodies.    Further,  certain  provisions  of  Title  III  impose  affirmative  obligations  on  a  broad  range  of 
financial institutions.  

33 

 
 
 
 
 
Among other requirements, Title III of the USA Patriot Act imposes the following requirements: 
 (cid:1) 

All  financial  institutions  must  establish  anti-money  laundering  programs  that  include  (i)  internal  policies, 
procedures and controls, (ii) specific designation of an anti-money laundering compliance officer, (iii) ongoing 
employee training programs and (iv) an independent audit function to test the anti-money laundering program.  

 (cid:1) 

 (cid:1) 

 (cid:1) 

Financial institutions that establish, maintain, administer, or manage private banking accounts or correspondent 
accounts in the United States for non-United States persons or their representatives must establish appropriate, 
specific, and, where necessary, enhanced due diligence policies, procedures, and controls designed to detect and 
report money laundering.  

Financial  institutions  are  prohibited  from  establishing,  maintaining,  administering  or  managing  correspondent 
accounts  for  foreign  shell  banks  that  do  not  have  a  physical  presence  in  any  country,  and  will  be  subject  to 
certain record keeping obligations with respect to correspondent accounts of foreign banks.  

Bank  regulators  are  directed  to  consider  a  holding  company’s  effectiveness  in  combating  money  laundering 
when ruling on Federal Reserve Act and Bank Merger Act applications.  

Our policies and procedures have been updated to reflect the requirements of the USA Patriot Act.  No significant 
changes in our business or customer practices were required as a result of the implementation of these requirements. 

Sarbanes-Oxley  Act.    The  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  was  signed  into  law  by  the  President  of  the  United  States  of 
America  on  July  30,  2002  in  response  to  public  concerns  regarding  corporate  accountability  in  connection  with 
recent accounting scandals.  The stated goals of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act are to increase corporate responsibility, to 
provide for enhanced penalties for accounting and auditing improprieties at publicly traded companies and to protect 
investors  by  improving  the  accuracy  and  reliability  of  corporate  disclosures  pursuant  to  the  securities  laws.    The 
Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  generally  applies  to  all  companies  that  file  or  are  required  to  file  periodic  reports  with  the 
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (“SEC”),  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  including  the 
Corporation. 

The  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  includes  very  specific  additional  disclosure  requirements  and  new  corporate  governance 
rules, requires the SEC and securities exchanges to adopt extensive additional disclosures, corporate governance and 
related  rules  and  mandates.    The  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  represents  significant  federal  involvement  in  matters 
traditionally  left  to  state  regulatory  systems,  such  as  the  regulation  of  the  accounting  profession,  and  to  state 
corporate  law,  such  as  the  relationship  between  a  board  of  directors  and  management  and  between  a  board  of 
directors and its committees.   

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act addresses, among other matters: 

• 
• 
• 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

audit committees; 
certification of financial statements by the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer; 
the  forfeiture  of  bonuses  or  other  incentive-based  compensation  and  profits  from  the  sale  of  an  issuer's 
securities by directors and senior officers in the twelve month period following initial publication of any 
financial statements that later require restatement; 
a prohibition on insider trading during pension fund black out periods; 
disclosure of off-balance sheet transactions; 
a prohibition on personal loans to directors and officers; 
expedited filing requirements for Form 4s; 
disclosure of a code of ethics and filing a Form 8-K for a change or waiver of such code; 
"real time" filing of periodic reports; 
the formation of a public company accounting oversight board; 
auditor independence; and 
various increased criminal penalties for violations of securities laws. 

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Qualified  Thrift  Lender  Test.    If  the  Bank  fails  the  qualified  thrift  lender  test,  within  one  year  the  Corporation 
must  register  as,  and  will  become  subject  to,  the  significant  activity  restrictions  applicable  to  savings  and  loan 
holding companies (see “Qualified Thrift Lender Test” on page 29). 

Federal Taxation 

TAXATION 

General.    The  Corporation  and  the  Bank  report  their  income  on  a  fiscal  year  basis  using  the  accrual  method  of 
accounting  and  will  be  subject  to  federal  income  taxation  in  the  same  manner  as  other  corporations  with  some 
exceptions, including particularly the Bank’s reserve for bad debts discussed below.  The following discussion of tax 
matters  is  intended  only  as  a  summary  and  does  not  purport  to  be  a  comprehensive  description  of  the  tax  rules 
applicable to the Bank or the Corporation. 

Tax Bad Debt Reserves.  As a result of legislation enacted in 1996, the reserve method of accounting for bad debt 
reserves was repealed for tax years beginning after December 31, 1995.  Due to such repeal, the Bank is no longer 
able  to  calculate  its  deduction  for  bad  debts  using  the  percentage-of-taxable-income  or  the  experience  method.  
Instead, the Bank will be permitted to deduct as bad debt expense its specific charge-offs during the taxable year.  In 
addition, the legislation required savings institutions to recapture into taxable income, over a six-year period, their 
post-1987 additions to their bad debt tax reserves.  As of the effective date of the legislation, the Bank had no post-
1987 additions to its bad debt tax reserves.  As of June 30, 2004, the Bank’s total pre-1988 bad debt reserve for tax 
purposes was approximately $9.0 million.  Under current law, a savings institution will not be required to recapture 
its pre-1988 bad debt reserve unless the Bank makes a “non-dividend distribution” as defined below. 

Distributions.    To  the  extent  that  the  Bank  makes  “non-dividend  distributions”  to  the  Corporation  that  are 
considered as made from the reserve for losses on qualifying real property loans, to the extent the reserve for such 
losses  exceeds  the  amount  that  would  have  been  allowed  under  the  experience  method;  or  from  the  supplemental 
reserve  for  losses  on  loans  (“Excess  Distributions”),  then  an  amount  based  on  the  amount  distributed  will  be 
included  in  the  Bank’s  taxable  income.  Non-dividend  distributions  include  distributions  in  excess  of  the  Bank’s 
current  and  accumulated  earnings  and  profits,  distributions  in  redemption  of  stock,  and  distributions  in  partial  or 
complete  liquidation.    However,  dividends  paid  out  of  the  Bank’s  current  or  accumulated  earnings  and  profits,  as 
calculated  for  federal  income  tax  purposes,  will  not  be  considered  to  result  in  a  distribution  from  the  Bank’s  bad 
debt  reserve.    Thus,  any  dividends  to  the  Corporation  that  would  reduce  amounts  appropriated  to  the  Bank’s  bad 
debt reserve and deducted for federal income tax purposes would create a tax liability for the Bank.  The amount of 
additional  taxable  income  attributable  to  an  Excess  Distribution  is  an  amount  that,  when  reduced  by  the  tax 
attributable  to  the  income,  is  equal  to  the  amount  of  the  distribution.    Thus,  if  the  Bank  makes  a  “non-dividend 
distribution,” then approximately one and one-half times the amount distributed will be included in taxable income 
for federal income tax purposes, assuming a 35% corporate income tax rate (exclusive of state and local taxes).  See 
“Limitation  on  Capital  Distributions”  on  page  31  for  limits  on  the  payment  of  dividends  by  the  Bank.    The  Bank 
does not intend to pay dividends that would result in a recapture of any portion of its tax bad debt reserve.  During 
fiscal  2004,  the  Bank  declared  and  paid  cash  dividends  to  the  Corporation  of  $8.0  million  while  the  Corporation 
declared and paid cash dividends to the shareholders of $2.4 million. 

Corporate Alternative Minimum Tax.  The Internal Revenue Code of 1986 imposes a tax on alternative minimum 
taxable  income  (“AMTI”)  at  a  rate  of  20%.  In  addition,  only  90%  of  AMTI  can  be  offset  by  net  operating  loss 
carryovers.    AMTI  is  increased  by  an  amount  equal  to  75%  of  the  amount  by  which  the  Bank’s  adjusted  current 
earnings  exceeds  its  AMTI  (determined  without  regard  to  this  preference  and  prior  to  reduction  for  net  operating 
losses).   

Non-Qualified  Compensation  Tax  Benefits.    During  fiscal  2004,  1,451  shares  of  common  stock  under  the 
Management Recognition Plan (“MRP”) were distributed to non-employee members of the Corporation’s Board of 
Directors in accordance with previous awards and consistent with the vesting schedule.  Also, 59,625 common stock 
option contracts to purchase shares of the Corporation’s common stock were exercised as non-qualified stock option 
contracts  during  fiscal  2004.    The  federal  tax  benefit  from  the  non-qualified  compensation  in  fiscal  2004  was 
$252,000. 

35 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Other  Matters.      The  Internal  Revenue  Service  has  audited  the  Bank’s  income  tax  returns  through  1996  and  the 
California Franchise Tax Board has audited the Bank through 1990.   

State Taxation 

California.    The  California  franchise  tax  rate  applicable  to  the  Bank  equals  the  franchise  tax  rate  applicable  to 
corporations  generally,  plus  an  “in  lieu”  rate  of  2%,  which  is  approximately  equal  to  personal  property  taxes  and 
business license taxes paid by such corporations (but not generally paid by banks or financial corporations such as 
the Bank).  At June 30, 2004, the total net state tax rate was 7.4%.  Bad debt deductions are available in computing 
California  franchise  taxes  using  the  specific  charge-off  method.    The  Bank  and  its  California  subsidiaries  file 
California  franchise  tax  returns  on  a  combined  basis.    The  Corporation  will  be  treated  as  a  general  corporation 
subject to the general corporate tax rate.  The state tax benefits from the non-qualified compensation in fiscal 2004, 
as described under the Federal Taxation section, were $97,000. 

Delaware.    As  a  Delaware  holding  company  not  earning  income  in  Delaware,  the  Corporation  is  exempted  from 
Delaware corporate income tax, but is required to file an annual report with and pay an annual franchise tax to the 
State of Delaware. 

The following table sets forth information with respect to the executive officers of the Corporation and the Bank. 

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS 

Age (1) 
56 

Corporation 

Bank 

Chairman, President and 
Chief Executive Officer 

Chairman, President and 
Chief Executive Officer 

Position 

49 

55 

53 

44 

- 

- 

- 

Senior Vice President 
Chief Information Officer 

Senior Vice President 
Chief Lending Officer 

Senior Vice President 
Provident Bank Mortgage 

Chief Financial Officer 
Corporate Secretary 

Senior Vice President 
Chief Financial Officer 

Name 
Craig G. Blunden 

Lilian Brunner 

Thomas “Lee” Fenn 

Richard L. Gale 

Donavon P. Ternes 

(1)  As of June 30, 2004. 

Biographical Information 

Set forth below is certain information regarding the executive officers of the Corporation and the Bank.  There are 
no family relationships among or between the executive officers.  

Executive Officers 
Craig G. Blunden has been associated with the Bank since 1974 and has held his current positions at the Bank since 
1991 and as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation since its formation in 1996.  Mr. Blunden also 
serves  on  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  of  San  Francisco  and  the  Greater  Riverside 
Chambers of Commerce. 

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Lilian  Brunner,  who  joined  the  Bank  in  1993,  was  general  auditor  prior  to  being  promoted  to  Chief  Information 
Officer in 1997. 

Thomas “Lee” Fenn joined the Bank as Senior Vice President and Chief Lending Officer on July 31, 2003. Prior to 
joining the Bank, Mr. Fenn was a Senior Vice President and Regional Manager of a commercial bank in California 
serving 50 retail banking offices. 

Richard  L.  Gale,  who  joined  the  Bank  in  1988,  has  served  as  President  of  the  Provident Bank Mortgage division 
since 1989.  Mr. Gale has held his current position with the Bank since 1993. 

Donavon  P.  Ternes  joined  the  Bank  as  Senior  Vice  President  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  on  November  1,  2000. 
Prior  to  joining  the  Bank,  Mr.  Ternes  spent  11  years  as  the  President,  Chief  Executive  Officer,  Chief  Financial 
Officer and Director of a financial institution located in Riverside, California.  

Item 2.  Properties 

At June 30, 2004, the net book value of the Bank’s property (including land and buildings) and its furniture, fixtures 
and equipment was $7.9 million.  The Bank’s home office is located in Riverside, California.  Including the home 
office, the Bank has 12 banking offices, 11 of which are located in Riverside County in the cities of Riverside (4), 
Moreno  Valley,  Hemet,  Sun  City,  Rancho  Mirage,  Corona,  Temecula  and  Blythe  and  one  is  located  in  Redlands, 
San  Bernardino  County,  California.   The Bank owns nine of the banking offices and three are leased.  The leases 
expire from 2004 to 2013.  The Bank also has eight separate loan production offices, which are located in City of 
Industry, Fullerton, Glendora, La Quinta, Corona, Rancho Cucamonga, Riverside, and Torrance, California.  All of 
these offices are leased.  The leases expire from 2004 to 2009. 

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings 

Periodically,  there  have  been  various  claims  and  lawsuits  involving  the  Bank,  such  as  claims  to  enforce  liens, 
condemnation  proceedings  on  properties  in  which  the  Bank  holds  security  interests,  claims  involving  the  making 
and servicing of real property loans and other issues in the ordinary course of and incident to the Banks’ business.  
The Bank is not a party to any pending legal proceedings that it believes would have a material adverse effect on the 
financial condition or operations of the Bank. 

Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders 

No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended June 30, 
2004. 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II 

Item  5.    Market  for  Registrant’s  Common  Equity,  Related  Stockholder  Matters  and  Issuer  Purchases  of 
Equity Securities  

The  common  stock  of  Provident  Financial  Holdings,  Inc.  is  listed  on  the  Nasdaq  Stock  Market  under  the  symbol 
PROV.  The following table provides the high and low stock prices for PROV during the last two fiscal years.  As of 
June 30, 2004, there were approximately 359 registered stockholders of record. 

First  
  (Ended September 30) 

Second 
  (Ended December 31) 

Third 
  (Ended March 31) 

Fourth 
(Ended June 30) 

2004 Quarters: 

 High ………… 
 Low …………. 

2003 Quarters: 

 High ………… 
 Low …………. 

$ 20.39 
$ 19.56 

$ 16.63 
$ 13.67 

$ 25.28 
$ 20.05 

$ 17.87 
$ 14.84 

$ 25.98 
$ 22.74 

$ 19.21 
$ 17.60 

$ 25.90 
$ 23.50 

$ 21.00 
$ 18.67 

The  Corporation  started  a  quarterly  cash  dividend  policy  on  July  24,  2002.    Quarterly  dividends  of  $0.07,  $0.07, 
$0.10  and  $0.10  per  share  were  paid  for  the  quarters  ended  September  30,  2003,  December  31,  2003,  March  31, 
2004 and June 30, 2004, respectively.  Future declarations or payments of dividends will be subject to determination 
by the Corporation’s Board of Directors, which will take into account the Corporation’s financial condition, results 
of  operations,  tax  considerations,  capital  requirements,  industry  standards,  economic  conditions  and  other  factors, 
including the regulatory restrictions which affect the payment of dividends by the Bank to the Corporation.  Under 
Delaware law, dividends may be paid either out of surplus or, if there is no surplus, out of net profits for the fiscal 
year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year. 

The  Corporation  continues  to  repurchase  its  common  stock  consistent  with  the  Board  approved  stock  repurchase 
plan.  On June 28, 2004, the Corporation announced a plan regarding the repurchase of 5% of its common stock or 
approximately 354,585 shares, all of which are still available for repurchase.  During fiscal 2004, a total of 516,627 
shares were repurchased at an average cost of $21.20 per share. 

The table below sets forth information regarding the Corporation’s repurchases of its common stock during fourth 
quarter of fiscal 2004. 

Period 
April 2004 …………….. 
May 4 – May 19, 2004 ...  
June 17, 2004 ………….. 
Total …………………… 

(a) Total Number of 
Shares Purchased 

(b) Average Price 
Paid per Share 

- 
35,000 
81,669 
116,669 

- 
23.99 
24.05 
$ 24.03  

(c) Total Number of 
Shares Purchased as 
Part of Publicly 
Announced Plan 
252,400 
287,400 
369,069 
369,069 

(d) Maximum 
Number of Shares 
that May Yet Be 
Purchased Under 
the Plan 
116,669 
81,669 

354,585  (1) 
354,585 

(1)  On June 28, 2004, the Corporation announced the stock repurchase of up to 354,585 shares.  

38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 6.  Selected Financial Data 

The information required herein is incorporated by reference under the heading “Financial Highlights.” 

Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the Corporation’s Consolidated Financial 
Statements and Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this report.  

General 

Management’s  discussion  and  analysis  of  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  are  intended  to  assist  in 
understanding the financial condition and results of operations of the Corporation.  The information contained in this 
section  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and  Notes  to  the  Consolidated 
Financial  Statements  included  in  Item  8  of  this  report.    Provident  Savings  Bank,  F.S.B.,  is  a  wholly  owned 
subsidiary of Provident Financial Holdings, Inc. and as such, comprises substantially all of the activity for Provident 
Financial Holdings, Inc.  

Certain  matters  in  this  annual  report  constitute  forward-looking  statements  within  the  meaning  of  the  Private 
Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  These forward-looking statements relate to, among others, expectations 
of  the  business  environment  in  which  the  Corporation  operates,  projections  of  future  performance,  perceived 
opportunities  in  the  market,  potential  future credit experience, and statements regarding the Corporation’s mission 
and vision.  These forward-looking statements are based upon current management expectations, and may, therefore, 
involve  risks  and  uncertainties.    The  Corporation’s  actual  results,  performance,  or  achievements  may  differ 
materially from those suggested, expressed, or implied by forward-looking statements due to a wide range of factors 
including, but not limited to, the general business environment, the direction of future interest rates, the California 
real  estate  market,  competitive  conditions  between  banks  and  non-bank  financial  services  providers,  regulatory 
changes, labor market competitiveness, and other risks detailed in the Corporation’s reports filed with the SEC. 

Critical Accounting Policies 

The  discussion  and  analysis  of  the  Corporation’s  financial  condition and results of operations are based upon the 
Corporation’s consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles 
generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  of  America.    The  preparation  of  these  financial  statements  requires 
management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and 
expenses, and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements.  Actual 
results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.   

Accounting  for  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  involves  significant  judgments  and  assumptions  by  management, 
which have a material impact on the carrying value of net loans.  Management considers this accounting policy to be 
a critical accounting policy. The allowance is based on two principles of accounting:  (i) SFAS No. 5, “Accounting 
for Contingencies,” which requires that losses be accrued when they are probable of occurring and can be estimated; 
and (ii) SFAS No. 114, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan,” and SFAS No. 118, “Accounting by 
Creditors  for  Impairment  of  a  Loan-Income  Recognition  and  Disclosures,”  which  requires  that  losses  be  accrued 
based  on  the  differences  between  the  value  of  collateral,  present  value  of  future  cash  flows  or  values  that  are 
observable  in  the  secondary  market  and  the  loan  balance.    The  allowance  has  three  components:  (i)  a  formula 
allowance for groups of homogeneous loans, (ii) a specific valuation allowance for identified problem loans and (iii) 
an  unallocated  allowance.  Each  of  these  components  is  based  upon  estimates  that  can  change  over  time.    The 
formula allowance is based primarily on historical experience and as a result can differ from actual losses incurred 
in the future.  The history is reviewed at least quarterly and adjustments are made as needed.  Various techniques are 
used to arrive at specific loss estimates, including historical loss information, discounted cash flows and fair market 
value of collateral.  The use of these values is inherently subjective and the actual losses could be greater or less than 

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
the  estimates.    For  further  details,  see  the  section  entitled  “Comparison  of  Operating  Results  for  the  Year  Ended 
June 30, 2004 and 2003 - Provision for Loan Losses” narrative on page 43.  

Interest is generally not accrued on any loan when its contractual payments are more than 90 days delinquent.  In 
addition, interest is not recognized on any loan which management has determined that collection is not reasonably 
assured.  A non-accrual loan may be restored to accrual status when delinquent principal and interest payments are 
brought  current,  the  loan  is  paying  in  accordance  with  its  payment  terms  for  a  minimum  six-month  period,  and 
future monthly principal and interest payments are expected to be collected.  

Properties  acquired  through  foreclosure  or  deed  in  lieu  of  foreclosure,  are  transferred  to  the  real  estate  owned 
portfolio and carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value less the estimated costs to sell the property.  The fair 
values of the properties are based upon current appraisals.  The difference between the fair value of the real estate 
collateral  and  the  loan  balance  at  the  time  of  the  transfer  is  recorded  as  a  loan  charge-off  if  fair  value  is  lower.  
Subsequent to foreclosure, management periodically performs additional valuations and the properties are adjusted, 
if  necessary,  to  the  lower  of  carrying  value  or  fair  value,  less  estimated  selling  costs.    The  determination  of  a 
property’s estimated fair value includes revenues projected to be realized from disposal of the property, construction 
and renovation costs.  

SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities,” requires that derivatives 
of  the  Corporation  be  recorded  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  at  fair  value.    Management  considers  this 
accounting policy to be a critical accounting policy.  The Bank’s derivatives are primarily the result of its mortgage 
banking  activities  in  the  form of commitments to extend credit, commitments to sell loans and option contracts to 
hedge the risk of the commitments.  Estimates of the percentage of commitments to extend credit on loans to be held 
for sale that may not fund are based upon historical data and current market trends.  The fair value adjustments of 
the  derivatives  are  recorded  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations  with  offsets  to  other  assets  or  other 
liabilities  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  financial  condition.    During  the  third  quarter  of  fiscal  2004,  the 
Corporation adopted the SEC guidance regarding loan commitments that are recognized as derivatives pursuant to 
SFAS  No.  133.    As  a  result  of  implementing  the  SEC  Staff  Accounting  Bulletin  No.  105,  “Application  of 
Accounting  Principles  to  Loan  Commitments,”  the  Corporation  excluded  the  recognition  of  servicing  released 
premiums in the valuation of commitments to extend credit on loans to be held for sale.  The Corporation’s previous 
practice had been to recognize, at the inception of the rate lock, the anticipated servicing released premiums on the 
underlying loans.  The Corporation elected to prospectively apply this guidance to new loan commitments initiated 
after  January  1,  2004.    This  action  resulted  in  the  delay  in  recognition  of  approximately  $580,000  of  estimated 
servicing  released  premiums  for  the year ended June 30, 2004, which will instead be recognized in future periods 
when the underlying loans are funded and sold.  

Operating Strategy 

Provident Savings Bank, FSB, established in 1956, is a financial services company committed to serving consumers 
and  small  to  mid-sized  businesses  in  the  Inland  Empire  region  of  Southern  California.    The  Bank  conducts  its 
business  operations  as  Provident  Bank,  PBM  and  through  its  subsidiary,  PFC.  Thus,  the  business  activities  of  the 
Corporation consist of community banking, mortgage banking, investment services and real estate operations. 

The  Corporation’s  operating  strategies  for  the  next  three  years  are  designed  to  change  the  composition  of,  and 
diversify its balance sheet.  These strategies include diversifying its revenue sources; creating operating efficiencies; 
and deploying more aggressive capital management techniques.  

The  Corporation  intends  to  restructure  its  balance  sheet  by  decreasing  the percentage of investment securities and 
increasing  the  percentage  of  loans  held  for  investment  to  total  assets.  Additionally,  the  Corporation  intends  to 
decrease  the  concentration  of  single-family  mortgage  loans  within  its  loans  held  for  investment  and  increase  the 
concentration  of  multi-family,  commercial  real  estate,  construction  and  commercial  business  loans.    The 
Corporation  also  intends  to  decrease  the  percentage  of  time  deposits  in  its  deposit  base  and  to  increase  the 
percentage of checking and savings accounts.  This strategy is intended to improve core revenue through a higher 
net interest margin. 

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
The Corporation also intends to diversify revenue sources through continued growth of non-interest income, which 
is  primarily  income  from  mortgage  banking,  fees  from  banking  products  and  services,  revenue  from  investment 
sales, and revenue from real estate operations. 

The  Corporation  intends  to  create  operating  efficiencies  by  streamlining  processes  and  procedures,  deploying 
technology solutions to improve productivity, leveraging its infrastructure to support revenue growth and conducting 
benchmark studies which will determine opportunities to reduce operating expenses. 

The Corporation intends to deploy more aggressive capital management techniques such as share repurchases and a 
cash dividend policy, among others, resulting in higher earnings per share. 

Commitments and Derivative Financial Instruments 

The Corporation conducts a portion of its operations in leased facilities under non-cancelable agreements classified 
as operating leases (see Note 14 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this report 
for  a  schedule  of  minimum  rental  payments  and  lease  expenses  under  such  operation  leases).    For  information 
regarding  the  Corporation’s  commitments  and  derivative  financial  instruments,  see  Note  15  of  the  Notes  to 
Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this report. 

Off-Balance Sheet Financing Arrangements and Contractual Obligations 

The  following  table  summarizes  the  Corporation’s  contractual  obligations  at  June  30,  2004  and  the  effect  such 
obligations are expected to have on the Corporation’s liquidity and cash flows in future periods: 

(In Thousands) 

Payments Due by Period 

Less than 
1 year 

  Over 1 to 
3 years 

  Over 3 to 
5 years 

Over 
5 years 

Operating lease obligations …………. 
Time deposits ……………………….. 
FHLB borrowings …………………... 
Total ……………………………..…. 

$        581     $        892    

$        607     $        308    

134,624 
80,587 

123,807 
62,069 

45,948 
116,131 

100 
120,940 

$ 215,792     $ 186,768    

$ 162,686     $ 121,348    

Total 

$     2,388  
304,479 
379,727 
$ 686,594 

The  expected  obligations  for  time  deposits  and  FHLB  borrowings  include  anticipated  interest  accruals  based  on 
respective contractual terms. 

The Corporation is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to 
meet the financing needs of its customers.  These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, in the 
form  of  originating  loans  or  providing  funds  under  existing  lines  of  credit,  forward  loan  sale  agreements to third 
parties and commitments to purchase investment securities. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements 
of credit and interest-rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of 
Financial Condition.  The Corporation’s exposure to credit loss, in the event of non-performance by the other party 
to these financial instruments, is represented by the contractual amount of these instruments.  The Corporation uses 
the same credit policies in making commitments to extend credit as it does for on-balance sheet instruments.  As of 
June 30, 2004 and 2003, these commitments were $86.9 million and $157.2 million, respectively. 

Comparison of Financial Condition at June 30, 2004 and June 30, 2003 

Total assets increased $57.5 million, or 5%, to $1.32 billion at June 30, 2004 from $1.26 billion at June 30, 2003 
primarily as a result of increases in loans held for investment, partly offset by decreases in investment securities and 
receivable from sale of loans.  The loans held for investment increased $118.3 million, or 16%, to $862.5 million at 
June 30, 2004 from $744.2 million at June 30, 2003 primarily as a result of originating $637.0 million of loans held 
for  investment,  which  was  partly  offset  by  $477.7  million  of  loan  prepayments.    These  prepayments  were 

41 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
attributable  to  the  extraordinarily  high  volume  of  refinance  activity  during  fiscal  2004  in  connection  with  the  low 
interest rate environment.  The receivable from sale of loans decreased $28.4 million, or 25%, to $86.5 million at 
June  30,  2004  from  $114.9  million  at  June  30,  2003,  resulting  from  the  timing  difference  between  loan  sales  and 
loan sale settlements. 

The Bank originated approximately $1.71 billion in new loans, primarily through PBM, and purchased $37.7 million 
in loans from other financial institutions.  The PBM loan production is sold primarily servicing released.  A total of 
$1.16 billion was sold during fiscal 2004.  The outstanding balance of loans held for sale increased to $20.1 million 
at  June  30,  2004  from  $4.2  million  at  June  30,  2003.    The  outstanding  balance  of  loans  held  for  sale  is  largely 
dependent on the timing of loan fundings and loan sales. 

Total investment securities decreased $44.5 million, or 15%, to $252.6 million at June 30, 2004 from $297.1 million 
at  June  30,  2003.    For  fiscal 2004, the issuers called $148.8 million of investment securities and $94.9 million of 
reductions  were  the  result  of  mortgage-backed  securities  principal  payments,  while  $204.1  million  of  investment 
securities  were  purchased.    The  high  volume  of  called  securities  was  primarily  the  result  of  a  high  volume  of 
callable bonds purchased with coupon rates higher than market interest rates and short call dates during the period.  
The securities called were government agency callable bonds and were primarily issued by the FHLB, the FNMA 
and the FHLMC. 

Total liabilities increased $54.4 million, or 5%, to $1.21 billion at June 30, 2004 from $1.15 billion at June 30, 2003 
as a result of the increase in customer deposits.  Total deposits increased $96.9 million, or 13%, to $851.0 million at 
June  30,  2004  from  $754.1  million  at  June  30,  2003.    During  fiscal  2004,  the  Bank  continued  its  emphasis  on 
expanding  customer  relationships,  particularly  in  transaction  accounts.    Transaction  accounts  increased  $97.5 
million, or 21%, to $560.9 million at June 30, 2004 from $463.4 million.  The transaction accounts comprised 66% 
of total deposits at June 30, 2004 as compared to 61% at June 30, 2003.  

FHLB advances decreased $43.0 million, or 12%, to $324.9 million at June 30, 2004 from $367.9 million at June 
30, 2003.  FHLB advances were primarily used to supplement the funding needs of the Bank, to the extent that an 
increase in deposits and a decrease in investment securities did not meet loan funding requirements.  The increase in 
deposits  and  the  decrease  in  investment  securities  in  fiscal  2004  exceeded  the  funding  needs  of  the  Bank  and, 
therefore FHLB advances declined. 

Total  stockholders’  equity  was  $110.0  million  at  June  30,  2004, as compared to $106.9  million at June 30, 2003.  
The $3.1 million increase in stockholders’ equity during fiscal 2004 was primarily attributable to earnings in fiscal 
2004,  partly  offset  by  share  repurchases.    The  Corporation  repurchased  516,627  shares,  or  approximately  7%  of 
outstanding  shares,  at  an  average  price  of  $21.20  per  share,  totaling  $11.0  million  during  fiscal  2004.    The 
Corporation’s book value per share increased to $15.51 at June 30, 2004 from $14.29 at June 30, 2003.       

Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended June 30, 2004 and 2003 

General.  The Corporation had net income of $15.1 million, or $2.09 per diluted share, for the year ended June 30, 
2004, as compared to $16.9 million, or $2.20 per diluted share, for the year ended June 30, 2003.  The decrease in 
net  income  in  fiscal  2004  was  primarily  attributable  to  a  decrease  in  non-interest  income  and  an  increase  in  non-
interest expenses, which was partly offset by an increase in net interest income. 

Net  Interest  Income.    Net  interest  income  before  provision  for  loan  losses  increased  $4.8  million,  or  15.3%,  to 
$36.2 million in fiscal 2004 from $31.4 million in fiscal 2003.  This increase resulted principally from increases in 
average earning assets and net interest margin.  The average balance of earning assets increased $147.4 million, or 
13.8%,  to  $1.22  billion  in  fiscal  2004  from  $1.07  billion  in  fiscal  2003.    The  net  interest  margin  increased  to  an 
average of 2.97% in fiscal 2004 from an average of 2.94% in fiscal 2003.  The increase in the net interest margin 
was primarily attributable to an increase in higher yielding assets and an increase in lower interest-bearing deposits.  
The  average  balance  of  loans  held  for  investment,  which  generally  have  average  higher  yields  than  investment 
securities, comprised 75.2% of the average earning assets in fiscal 2004 as compared to 70.5% in fiscal 2003.   The 
average balance on transaction accounts, which generally have a lower average cost than time deposits, comprised 
66.6% of the average total deposits in fiscal 2004 as compared to 55.1% in fiscal 2003.   

42 

 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
Interest  Income.    Interest  income  increased  $2.3  million,  or  3.8%,  to  $62.2  million  in  fiscal  2004  from  $59.9 
million in fiscal 2003.  The increase in interest income was primarily a result of an increase in the average balance 
of earning assets, which was partly offset by a decrease in the average yield on earning assets.  The increase in the 
average assets was primarily attributable to the increase in loans held for investment, which was partly offset by the 
decrease  in  investment  securities.    Total  origination  of  loans  held  for  investment,  including  loan  purchases,  was 
$637.0 million, while total loan prepayments were $477.7 million in fiscal 2004.  The decrease in the yields was the 
result of the decline in interest rates during fiscal 2004.  Average yield on loans held for investment decreased 72 
basis  points  to  5.81%  in  fiscal  2004  from  6.53%  in  fiscal  2003.    The  decrease  in  the  average  loan  yield  was 
primarily a result of the impact of the prepayment of higher yielding loans held for investment replaced with lower 
yielding loans.  Average yield on investment securities, including FHLB stock, decreased 37 basis points to 2.96% 
in fiscal 2004 from 3.33% in fiscal 2003. The decrease in the average yield of investment securities was primarily a 
result of the high volume of securities called by the issuers, which were replaced with investment securities with a 
lower average yield.  

Interest  Expense.    Interest  expense  decreased  $2.5  million,  or  8.8%,  to  $25.9  million  in  fiscal  2004  from  $28.4 
million in fiscal 2003.  The decrease in interest expense was attributable to the decrease in the average cost, which 
was partly offset by an increase in average costing liabilities.  The average cost of costing liabilities decreased 57 
basis  points  to  2.28%  in  fiscal  2004  from  2.85% in fiscal 2003.  The average cost of deposits decreased 63 basis 
points to 1.63% in fiscal 2004 from 2.26% in fiscal 2003.  The decrease in the average cost of deposits was the result 
of  the  decline in interest rates during fiscal 2004, maturities of higher costing time deposits and the change in the 
deposit mix toward lower costing transaction accounts.  The average balance of deposits increased $97.2 million, or 
13.5%, to $815.6 million in fiscal 2004 from $718.4 million in fiscal 2003.  The average cost of FHLB advances 
decreased 45 basis points to 3.90% in fiscal 2004 from 4.35% in fiscal 2003.  The decrease in the average cost of 
FHLB advances was primarily attributable to the decline in interest rates, maturities of higher costing advances and 
the  utilization  of  lower  costing  overnight  borrowings.    The  average  maturity  of  FHLB  advances  increased  to  45 
months at June 30, 2004 from 36 months at June 30, 2003.  The average balance of FHLB advances increased $43.3 
million, or 15.5%, to $322.7 million in fiscal 2004 from $279.4 million in fiscal 2003. 

Provision  for  Loan  Losses.    Loan  loss  provisions  in  fiscal  2004  were  $819,000  as  compared  to  $1.1  million  in 
fiscal 2003.  The decrease in loss provision in fiscal 2004 was primarily a result of the decrease in the balance and 
classification  of  commercial  business  loans  and  the  slower  growth  of  loans  held  for  investment  in  fiscal  2004  as 
compared to the loan growth in fiscal 2003.  The balance of the commercial business loans, which generally have a 
higher allowance for loan loss requirement, was $13.8 million at June 30, 2004 as compared to $22.5 million at June 
30,  2003.    The  allowance  for  loan  loss  requirement  for  the  commercial  business  loans  declined  to $1.2 million at 
June 30, 2004 from $1.6 million at June 30, 2003.  The loan growth in fiscal 2004 was $118.3 million as compared 
to $150.7 million in fiscal 2003.  The allowance for loan losses was $7.6 million, or 0.88% of gross loans held for 
investment at June 30, 2004 as compared to $7.2 million, or 0.96% of gross loans held for investment at June 30, 
2003.  The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of non-performing loans at the end of fiscal 2004 was 701.8%, 
as compared to 480.6% at the end of fiscal 2003.  

Consistent with its current operating strategy, the Corporation intends for the fastest growing segments of loans held 
for investment to be commercial real estate, multi-family and construction loans.  These loans generally have greater 
risk  than single-family mortgage loans.  Management believes that the current provision for loan losses is prudent 
based upon the loans held for investment composition, historic loss experience and current economic conditions.  

Non-Interest Income.  Total non-interest income decreased $5.6 million, or 21.7%, to $20.2 million in fiscal 2004 
from $25.8 million in fiscal 2003.  The decrease in non-interest income was primarily attributable to a decrease in 
gain on sale of loans, along with decreases in real estate operations, gain on sale of investment securities and other 
income, partly offset by increases in deposit account fees and loan servicing and other fees.   

Loan  servicing  and  other  fees  increased  $447,000,  or  24.2%,  to  $2.3  million  in  fiscal  2004  from  $1.8  million  in 
fiscal 2003, resulting primarily from increases in loan prepayment fees and loan servicing fees.  The increase in the 
loan servicing fees was also a result of a higher balance of loans serviced for others, $269.4 million as of June 30, 
2004 as compared to $114.1 million as of June 30, 2003. 

43 

 
  
 
 
 
 
Total gain on sale of loans decreased $4.9 million, or 25.5%, to $14.3 million in fiscal 2004 from $19.2 million in 
fiscal 2003, and was the result of lower loan sale volume and an unfavorable SFAS No. 133 adjustment.  Total loans 
originated for sale decreased $158.9 million, or 12.5%, to $1.11 billion in fiscal 2004 from $1.27 billion in fiscal 
2003.  The decrease in the loans originated for sale was primarily attributable to a strong refinance market, which 
appears to have peaked in fiscal 2003.     

The net impact of derivative financial instruments (SFAS No. 133) was an unfavorable adjustment of $859,000 as 
compared  to  a  favorable  adjustment  of  $360,000  in  the  same  period  last  year.    The  fair  value  of  the  derivative 
financial instruments outstanding at June 30, 2004 was a loss of $109,000 in comparison to a gain of $1.6 million at 
June 30, 2003.   

The  Corporation  implemented  the  SEC  guidance  described  in  the  SEC  Staff  Accounting  Bulletin  No.  105, 
“Application  of  Accounting  Principles  to  Loan  Commitments,”  which  does  not  allow  for  the  recognition  of 
servicing  released  premiums  in  the  valuation  of  commitments  to  extend  credit  on  loans  to  be  held  for  sale.  
Consequently,  the  Corporation  excluded  from  its  SFAS  No.  133  adjustment  $580,000  of  estimated  servicing 
released premiums at June 30, 2004.  This income will be realized in future periods when the underlying loans are 
funded  and  sold.    The  SFAS  No.  133  adjustment  is  relatively  volatile  and  may  have  an  adverse  impact  on  future 
earnings. 

As a result of the change in value of derivative financial instruments (including the impact of the implementation of 
the  SEC  Staff  Accounting  Bulletin  No.  105),  the  PBM  average  loan  sale  margin  decreased  seven  basis  points  to 
1.36% during fiscal 2004 from 1.43% during fiscal 2003.  The decrease in the average loan sale margin was partly 
offset by the improvement in the mix of the loan sales with a higher percentage of high margin products.  The high 
margin products consist primarily of second trust deeds, Alt-A adjustable rate and Alt-A fixed rate first trust deed 
mortgage  loans.    In  fiscal  2004,  the  high  margin  products  comprised  of  40%  of  the  PBM  loan  sale  volume  as 
compared to 19% of the loan sale volume in fiscal 2003. 

The average profit margin for PBM in fiscal 2004 and 2003 was 85 basis points and 100 basis points, respectively.  
The  average  profit  margin  is  defined  as  income  before  taxes  divided  by  total  loans  funded  during  the  period 
(including  brokered  loans)  adjusted  for  the  change  in  commitments  to  extend  credit.    The  decrease  of  the  profit 
margin was due to the decrease in gain on sale of loans.  

Deposit account fees increased $252,000, or 14.5%, to $2.0 million in fiscal 2004 from $1.7 million in fiscal 2003.  
The  increase  in  deposit  account  fees  was  the  direct  result  of  the  Bank’s  deposit  strategy,  which  emphasizes 
transaction account growth.   

There  were  no  sales  of  investment  securities  during  fiscal  2004  as  compared  to  the  sale  of  $25.4  million  of 
investment securities for a $694,000 gain during fiscal 2003.   

Other non-interest income decreased $289,000 to $1.3 million in fiscal 2004, primarily attributable to $283,000 of 
partial recoveries from two loans in fiscal 2003, which was not replicated in fiscal 2004.   

Non-Interest Expense.  Total non-interest expense increased $867,000, or 3.1%, to $28.8 million in fiscal 2004 as 
compared  to  $27.9  million  in  fiscal  2003.    This  increase  was  attributable  primarily  to  increases  in  compensation 
expenses and professional expenses, and was partially offset by lower equipment and other operating expenses. The 
increase in non-interest expense was primarily the result of the costs associated with loan production in the mortgage 
banking division and commercial real estate department. 

Income Taxes.  The provision for income taxes was $11.7 million for fiscal 2004, representing an effective tax rate 
of  43.7%,  as  compared  to  $11.4  million  in  2003,  representing  an  effective  tax  rate  of  40.2%.    The  Corporation 
determined that the tax rate of 43.7% in fiscal 2004 reflects a more accurate estimate of its fiscal 2004 income tax 
obligations.  

44 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended June 30, 2003 and 2002 

General.  The Corporation had net income of $16.9 million, or $2.20 per diluted share, for the year ended June 30, 
2003, as compared to $9.1 million, or $1.12 per diluted share, for the year ended June 30, 2002.  The increase in net 
income in fiscal 2003 was primarily attributable to an improvement in non-interest income. 

Net  Interest  Income.    Net  interest  income  before  provision  for  loan  losses  increased  $4.9  million,  or  18.5%,  to 
$31.4 million in fiscal 2003 from $26.5 million in fiscal 2002.  This increase resulted principally from an increase in 
net  interest  margin.    The  net  interest  margin  increased  to  an  average  of  2.94%  in  fiscal  2003  from  an  average  of 
2.62% in fiscal 2002.  The increase in the net interest margin was primarily attributable to a decrease in short-term 
interest rates during fiscal 2003 where the decrease in the costs of interest bearing liabilities was greater than that of 
the decrease in interest income from earning assets. 

Interest  Income.    Interest  income  decreased  $5.8  million,  or  8.8%,  to  $59.9  million  in  fiscal  2003  from  $65.7 
million in fiscal 2002 as the average yield on assets decreased 90 basis points to 5.59% in fiscal 2003 from 6.49% in 
fiscal 2002.  The decrease in the average yield was partly offset by the increase in the average earning assets from 
$1.01 billion in fiscal 2002 to $1.07 billion in fiscal 2003.  The decrease in the yields was the result of the decline in 
interest  rates  during  fiscal  2003.    Average  yield  on  loans  decreased  87  basis  points  to  6.53%  in  fiscal  2003  from 
7.40%  in  fiscal  2002,  while  the  average  balance  increased $62.1 million, or 9.0%, to $754.9 million during fiscal 
2003 from $692.8 million during fiscal 2002.  The decrease in the average loan yield was primarily a result of the 
impact of higher yielding loans held for investment prepaying which were replaced with new lower yielding loans.  
Average  yield  on  investment  securities  decreased  196  basis  points  to  3.25%  in  fiscal  2003  from  5.21%  in  fiscal 
2002,  while  the  average  balance  increased  $65.0  million,  or  27.9%,  to  $297.8  million  in  fiscal  2003  from  $232.8 
million in fiscal 2002.  The decrease in the average yield was primarily a result of $284.0 million of higher yielding 
investment  securities  called  by  the  issuers,  $25.4  million  of  investment  securities  that  were  sold  for  gains  and  a 
larger composition of short-term investments.  The average maturity/call of investment securities was 2.19 years at 
June 30, 2003 as compared to 2.38 years at June 30, 2002.   

Interest Expense.  Interest expense decreased $10.8 million, or 27.6%, to $28.4 million in fiscal 2003 from $39.2 
million in fiscal 2002.  The average cost of deposits decreased 117 basis points to 2.26% during fiscal 2003 from 
3.43% during fiscal 2002.  The decrease in the average cost of deposits was the result of the decline in interest rates 
during fiscal 2003, maturities of higher costing time deposits and the change in the deposit mix toward lower costing 
transaction accounts.  The average balance of deposits increased $16.6 million, or 2.4%, to $718.4 million during 
fiscal 2003 from $701.8 million during fiscal 2002.  The average cost of FHLB advances decreased 204 basis points 
to  4.35%  in  fiscal  2003  from  6.39%  in  fiscal  2002.    The  decrease  in  the  average  cost  of  FHLB  advances  was 
primarily  attributable  to  the  decline  in  interest  rates,  $46.5  million  of  maturities  with  an  average  cost  of  6.41%, 
$101.0 million of new advances with an average cost of 3.35% and the utilization of overnight borrowings with an 
average  balance  of  $74.2  million  at  an  average  cost  of  1.42%  during  fiscal  2003.  The  average  maturity  of  FHLB 
advances decreased to 36 months at June 30, 2003 from 48 months at June 30, 2002.  The average balance of FHLB 
advances increased $42.4 million, or 17.9%, to $279.4 million during fiscal 2003 from $237.0 million during fiscal 
2002.  In fiscal 2003, the Bank prepaid $20.0 million of FHLB advances incurring prepayment penalties of $298,000 
as compared to the prepayment of $37.0 million of FHLB advances incurring prepayment penalties of $365,000 in 
fiscal 2002. 

Provision  for  Loan  Losses.    Loan  loss  provisions  in  fiscal  2003  were  $1.1  million  as  compared  to  $525,000  in 
fiscal 2002.  The increase in loss provisions in fiscal 2003 was primarily a result of the increase in the loans held for 
investment and $436,000 of charge-offs from three commercial business loans to two borrowers.  The allowance for 
loan  losses  was  $7.2  million, or 0.96% of gross loans held for investment, at June 30, 2003, as compared to $6.6 
million or 1.10% of gross loans held for investment, at June 30, 2002.  The allowance for loan losses as a percentage 
of non-performing loans at the end of fiscal 2003 was 480.6%, as compared to 498.8% at the end of fiscal 2002.  

In accordance with the current operating strategy, the fastest growing segments of the loans held for investment are 
commercial real estate and construction loans.  These loans generally have greater risk than single-family mortgage 
loans.    Management  believes  that  the  current  allowance  for  loan  losses  is  prudent  based  upon  the  loans  held  for 
investment composition, historic loss experience and current economic conditions.  

45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-Interest Income.  Total non-interest income increased $9.4 million, or 57.3%, to $25.8 million in fiscal 2003 
from $16.4 million in fiscal 2002.  The increase in non-interest income was primarily attributable to an increase in 
gain on sale of loans, along with increases in deposit account fees, gain on sale of investment securities and other 
income, partly offset by a decline in loan servicing and other fees.   

Total gain on sale of loans increased $9.1 million, or 90.1%, to $19.2 million in fiscal 2003 from $10.1 million in 
fiscal 2002, and was the result of higher loan origination volume, a favorable SFAS No. 133 adjustment and a higher 
average  loan  sale  margin.    The  increase  on  the  gain  on  sale  of  loans  was  primarily  a  result  of  a  strong  refinance 
market  as  interest  rates  declined  during  fiscal  2003.    Total  loans  originated  for  sale  increased  $166.7  million,  or 
15.1%, to $1.27 billion in fiscal 2003 from $1.10 billion in fiscal 2002.   

The  net  impact  of  derivative  financial  instruments  (SFAS  No.  133)  was  a  favorable  adjustment  of  $360,000  as 
compared to a favorable adjustment of $3,000 in the same period last year.  The fair value of the derivative financial 
instruments outstanding at June 30, 2003 was $1.6 million in comparison to $559,000 at June 30, 2002.  The fair 
value adjustment for SFAS No. 133 is determined from the Bank’s commitments to extend credit on loans to be held 
for  sale,  including  servicing  released  premiums  (net  of  commitments  which  may  not  fund),  forward  loan  sale 
agreements, put option contracts, interest rate conditions and other related factors.  This SFAS No. 133 adjustment is 
relatively volatile and may have an adverse impact on future earnings.   

The average loan sale margin increased 57 basis points to 1.43% during fiscal 2003 from 0.86% during fiscal 2002.   
The higher loan sale margin was primarily due to the high demand for mortgage loans, an improved product mix (a 
larger percentage of loans sold with a higher loan sale margin) and better execution in the sale of loans. 

The average profit margin for PBM in fiscal 2003 and 2002 was 100 basis points and 56 basis points, respectively.  
The  average  profit  margin  is  defined  as  income  before  taxes  divided  by  total  loans  funded  during  the  period 
(including brokered loans) adjusted for the change in commitments to extend credit.  The three principal reasons for 
the  increase  of  the  profit  margin  was  the  emphasis  on  originating  the  most  profitable  mortgage  loan  products, the 
economies  of  scale  realized  by  producing  larger  loan  volumes  with  relatively  fixed  operating  expenses  and  the 
extraordinary pricing opportunities given the consumer demand for mortgage loan products during the period.  

Deposit  account  fees  increased  $93,000,  or  5.7%,  to  $1.7  million  in  fiscal  2003  from  $1.6  million  in  fiscal 2002.  
The  increase  in  deposit  account  fees  was  the  direct  result  of  the  Bank’s  deposit  strategy,  which  emphasizes 
transaction account growth.   

The  increase  in  gain  on  sale  of  investment  securities  was  the  result  of  the  sale  of  $25.4  million  of  investment 
securities for a $694,000 gain during fiscal 2003 as compared to the sale of $21.3 million of investment securities 
for a $544,000 gain during fiscal 2002.   

Other non-interest income increased $320,000, or 25.7%, to $1.6 million in fiscal 2003 from $1.2 million in fiscal 
2002.   The increase was primarily attributable to $283,000 of partial recoveries from two loans.   

Loan  servicing  and  other  fees  decreased  $333,000,  or  15.3%,  to  $1.8  million  in  fiscal  2003  from  $2.2  million  in 
fiscal 2002, resulting primarily from decreases in loan prepayment fees and loan servicing fees. The decline in the 
loan servicing fees was a result of a lower volume of loans serviced for others, $114.1 million as of June 30, 2003 as 
compared to $136.1 million as of June 30, 2002. 

Non-Interest Expense.  Total non-interest expense increased $1.1 million, or 4.1%, to $27.9 million in fiscal 2003 
as compared to $26.8 million in fiscal 2002.  This increase was attributable primarily to increases in compensation 
expenses, occupancy, professional and marketing expenses, and was partially offset by lower equipment and other 
operating  expenses.  The  increase  in  non-interest  expense  was  primarily  the  result  of  the  costs  associated  with 
increased loan production volume in the mortgage banking division. 

Income Taxes.  The provision for income taxes was $11.4 million for fiscal 2003, representing an effective tax rate 
of 40.2%, as compared to $6.5 million in 2002, representing an effective tax rate of 41.6%. 

46 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average Balances, Interest and Average Yields/Costs. The following table sets forth certain information for the 
periods  regarding  average  balances  of  assets  and  liabilities  as  well  as  the  total  dollar  amounts  of  interest  income 
from  average  interest-earning  assets  and  interest  expense  on  average  interest-bearing  liabilities  and  average  yields 
and costs thereof.   Such yields and costs for the periods indicated are derived by dividing income or expense by the 
average monthly balance of assets or liabilities, respectively, for the periods presented. 

47 

 
2004 

    Average 
  Yield/ 
  Cost 

Interest 

Average 
Balance 

    Year Ended June 30, 

2003 

2002 

  Average 
Balance 

Interest 

    Average 
  Yield/ 
  Cost 

  Average 
  Balance 

Interest 

    Average 
  Yield/ 
  Cost 

(Dollars In Thousands) 

Interest-earning assets: 

  Loans receivable, net (1) ………………. 
  Investment securities …………………… 
  FHLB stock ……………………….…… 
  Interest-earning deposits …………….… 
  Total interest-earning assets ………… 

 $    915,894   
          276,436   
            24,012   
            1,793   
       1,218,135   

 $ 53,216   
       7,978   
         938   
         19   
   62,151   

5.81% 
2.89% 
3.91% 
1.06% 
5.10% 

 $    754,886   
        297,760   
          16,776   
            1,318   
     1,070,740   

 $ 49,328   
       9,668   
         843   
         17   
   59,856   

6.53% 
3.25% 
5.03% 
1.29% 
5.59% 

 $    692,761   

 $ 51,247   
          232,781           12,122   
            15,006   
         779   
            71,484             1,520   
   65,668   
       1,012,032   

7.40% 
5.21% 
5.19% 
2.13% 
6.49% 

Non-interest earning assets ……………….. 
  Total assets …………………………. 

            67,709   
$ 1,285,844   

          74,740   
$ 1,145,480   

50,114   
  $ 1,062,146   

Deposits and borrowings: 

  Checking and money market accounts (2)  
  Savings accounts ………………………. 
  Time deposits …………………..…….… 
  Total deposits …………………….…. 

$    206,384   
        336,756   
          272,486   
          815,626   

       1,365   
       5,267   
       6,688   
       13,320   

0.66% 
1.56% 
2.45% 
1.63% 

       1,560   
$    191,997   
        203,977   
       4,161   
        322,410           10,531   
        718,384           16,252   

0.81% 
2.04% 
3.27% 
2.26% 

       2,410   
  $    172,293   
          135,621   
       3,170   
          393,857           18,474   
          701,771           24,054   

1.40% 
2.34% 
4.69% 
3.43% 

Borrowings (3) ……………………………. 

          322,745   

       12,599   

3.90% 

        279,422           12,161   

4.35% 

          236,967           15,134   

6.39% 

  Total deposits and borrowings ……… 

       1,138,371   

       25,919   

2.28% 

997,806   

28,413   

2.85% 

           938,738   

39,188   

4.17% 

  Non-interest-bearing liabilities ………… 
  Total liabilities ……………………… 

            40,830   
     1,179,201   

  Stockholders’ equity …………………… 
  Total liabilities and stockholders’ 
     equity ……………………………… 

          106,643   

 $ 1,285,844   

45,378   
     1,043,184   

        102,296   

 $ 1,145,480   

22,705   
       961,443   

100,703   

 $ 1,062,146   

  Net interest income ………………….…. 

 $ 36,232   

 $ 31,443   

 $ 26,480   

  Interest rate spread (4) ………………… 
  Net interest margin (5) ………………… 
  Ratio of average interest-earning 
    assets to average interest-bearing 
    liabilities ……………………………… 

2.82% 
2.97% 

2.74% 
2.94% 

2.32% 
2.62% 

107.01%   

107.31%   

107.81%   

(1) 

(2) 
(3) 
(4) 
(5) 

Includes  loans  held  for  sale  and  non-accrual  loans,  as  well  as  net  deferred  loan  fee  amortization  of  $613,000,  $574,000  and  $247,000  for  the  years  ended  June  30,  2004,  2003  and  2002, 
respectively. 
Includes average balance of non-interest bearing checking accounts of  $44.9 million, $43.8 million and $31.1 million in fiscal 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. 
Includes interest prepayment penalties of $0, $298,000 and $365,000 for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. 
Represents difference between weighted average yield on all interest-earning assets and weighted average rate on all interest-bearing liabilities. 
Represents net income before provision for loan losses as a percentage of average interest-earning assets. 

48 

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Yields Earned and Rates Paid. The following table sets forth (on a consolidated basis), for the periods and at the 
dates indicated, the weighted average yields earned on the Bank’s assets and the weighted average interest rates paid 
on the Bank’s liabilities, together with the net yield on interest-earning assets.  

  Quarter  
  Ended 
  June 30, 
2004 

Year Ended June 30, 
2003 

2002 

2004 

Weighted average yield on: 

Loans receivable (1) …………………………………… 

5.62% 

5.81% 

6.53% 

7.40% 

Investment securities ………………………………….. 

2.89% 

2.89% 

3.25% 

5.21% 

FHLB stock  …………………………………………… 

3.86% 

3.91% 

5.03% 

5.19% 

Interest-earning deposits ………………………………. 

0.96% 

1.06% 

1.29% 

2.13% 

All interest-earning assets …………………………….. 

5.00% 

5.10% 

5.59% 

6.49% 

Weighted average rate paid on: 

Checking and money market accounts (2) …………….. 

0.53% 

0.66% 

0.81% 

1.40% 

Savings accounts ………………………………………. 

1.47% 

1.56% 

2.04% 

2.34% 

Time deposits ………………………………………….. 

2.40% 

2.45% 

3.27% 

4.69% 

Borrowings (3) ………………………….….………….. 

3.91% 

3.90% 

4.35% 

6.39% 

All interest-bearing liabilities …………………….……. 

2.21% 

2.28% 

2.85% 

4.17% 

Interest rate spread (4) ………………………………… 

2.79% 

2.82% 

2.74% 

2.32% 

Net interest margin (5) ………………………………… 

2.95% 

2.97% 

2.94% 

2.62% 

(1)  Includes loans held for sale and non-accrual loans, as well as net deferred loan fee amortization of $613,000, 

$574,000 and $247,000 for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. 

(2)  Includes average balance of non-interest bearing checking accounts of  $44.9 million, $43.8 million and $31.1 

million in fiscal 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. 

(3)  Includes interest prepayment penalties of $0, $298,000 and $365,000 for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 

and 2002, respectively. 

(4)  Represents difference between weighted average yield on all interest-earning assets and weighted average rate 

on all interest-bearing liabilities. 

(5)  Represents net income before provision for loan losses as a percentage of average interest-earning assets. 

49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Rate/Volume Table. The  following  table  sets  forth  the  effects  of  changing  rates  and  volumes  on  interest  income 
and  expense  of  the  Bank.    Information  is  provided  with  respect  to  the  effects  attributable  to  changes  in  volume 
(changes in volume multiplied by prior rate), the effects attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by 
prior volume) and changes that cannot be allocated between rate and volume. 

Year Ended June 30, 2004 
Compared to Year 
Ended June 30, 2003 
Increase (Decrease) Due to 

Year Ended June 30, 2003 
Compared to Year 
Ended June 30, 2002 
Increase (Decrease) Due to 

  Rate 

  Volume 

  Rate/ 
  Volume 

Net 

Rate 

  Volume 

  Rate/ 
  Volume 

Net 

(In Thousands) 

Interest income: 

  Loans receivable (1) ………….. 
  Investment securities …………. 
  FHLB stock ………………….. 
  Interest-bearing deposits …….. 
  Total net change in income 
    on interest-earning assets …… 

Interest-bearing liabilities : 

  Checking and money market 
    accounts ……………………. 
  Savings accounts ……………… 
  Time deposits …………………. 
  FHLB advances ………………. 
  Total net change in expense on 
     interest bearing liabilities ….. 

  Net change in  net  
    interest income ………………. 

$ (5,467  ) 
    (1,074  ) 
       (188  ) 
       (3  ) 

$ 10,514   
    (693  ) 
      364   
    6   

$ (1,159  ) 
77   
         (81  ) 
   (1  ) 

$  3,888   
       (1,690  ) 
         95   
       2   

$ (5,976  ) 
   (4,565  ) 
       (25  ) 
      (597  ) 

$  4,597   
    3,385   
      92   
    (1,495  ) 

 $   (540  ) 

$  (1,919  ) 
(1,274  )        (2,454  ) 
         64   
      (1,503  ) 

         (3  ) 
   589   

    (6,732  ) 

  10,191   

   (1,164  ) 

    2,295   

 (11,163  ) 

  6,579   

   (1,228  ) 

    (5,812  ) 

(290  ) 
    (966  ) 
(2,619  ) 
 (1,252  ) 

117   
    2,709   
   (1,633  ) 
   1,885   

(22  ) 
      (637  ) 
     409   
       (195  ) 

(195  ) 
        1,106   
      (3,843  ) 
      438   

(1,010  ) 
    (404  ) 
(5,607  ) 
 (4,820  ) 

276   
    1,600   
   (3,351  ) 
   2,713   

(850  ) 
(116  ) 
         991   
      (205  ) 
     1,015   
      (7,943  ) 
      (866  )        (2,973  ) 

 (5,127  ) 

   3,078   

(445  ) 

    (2,494  ) 

 (11,841  ) 

   1,238   

(172  )      (10,775  ) 

$ (1,605  ) 

$   7,113   

$    (719  ) 

 $   4,789   

$     678   

$  5,341   

$ (1,056  ) 

 $   4,963   

(1)  Includes loans held for sale, receivable from sale of loans and non-accrual loans.  

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

The  Corporation’s  primary  sources  of  funds  are  deposits,  proceeds  from  the  sale  of  loans  originated  for  sale, 
proceeds  from  principal  and  interest  payments  on  loans,  proceeds  from  the  maturity  of  investment  securities  and 
FHLB  advances.  While  maturities  and  scheduled amortization of loans and investment securities are a predictable 
source of funds, deposit flows, mortgage prepayments and loan sales are greatly influenced by general interest rates, 
economic conditions and competition. 

The Bank must maintain an adequate level of liquidity to ensure the availability of sufficient funds to support loan 
growth  and  deposit  withdrawals,  to  satisfy  financial  commitments  and  to  take  advantage  of  investment 
opportunities. The Bank generally maintains sufficient cash to meet short-term liquidity needs.  At June 30, 2004, 
total  cash  was  $38.3  million,  or  2.9%  of  total  assets.    Depending  on  market  conditions  and  the pricing of deposit 
products and FHLB advances, the Bank may continue to rely on FHLB advances for part of its liquidity needs. 

Although  the  OTS  eliminated  the  minimum  liquidity  requirement  for  savings  institutions  in  April  2001,  the 
regulation  still  requires  thrifts  to  maintain  adequate  liquidity  to  assure  safe  and  sound  operations.  The  Bank’s 
average liquidity ratio for the quarter ended June 30, 2004 increased to 24.0% from 20.3% during the same period 
ending June 30, 2003.  This increase was primarily due to less utilization of investment securities as collateral under 
the FHLB’s SBC facility for overnight borrowings. 

The primary investing activity of the Bank is the origination of single-family, multi-family, commercial real estate, 
construction, and commercial business loans.  Most mortgage and consumer loans originated by PBM were sold on 
a servicing released basis.  During the years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002, the Bank originated loans in the 
amounts of $1.71 billion, $1.79 billion and $1.35 billion, respectively.  In addition, the Bank purchased loans from 
other financial institutions in fiscal 2004, 2003 and 2002 in the amounts of $37.7 million, $39.5 million and $38.6 

50 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
million,  respectively.    Total  loans  sold  in  fiscal  2004,  2003  and  2002  were  $1.16  billion,  $1.24  billion  and $1.17 
billion,  respectively.    At  June  30,  2004,  the  Bank  had  loan  origination  commitments  totaling  $86.9  million  and 
undisbursed loans in process totaling $78.1 million.  The Bank anticipates that it will have sufficient funds available 
to meet its current loan origination commitments.  Time deposits that are scheduled to mature in one year or less on 
June 30, 2004 were $128.5 million.  Historically, the Bank has been able to retain a significant amount of its time 
deposits as they mature.  Management of the Bank believes it has adequate resources to fund all loan commitments 
with  deposits  and  FHLB  advances,  and  that  it  can  adjust  deposit  rates  to  retain  deposits  in  changing  interest  rate 
environments. 

The  Bank  is  required  to  maintain  specific  amounts  of  capital  pursuant  to  OTS  requirements.    Under  the  OTS’s 
current prompt corrective action provisions, a minimum ratio of 1.5% for the Tangible Capital ratio is required to be 
deemed other than “critically undercapitalized,” while a minimum of 5.0% for Tier 1 (Core) capital, 10.0% for Total 
Risk-Based Capital and 6.0% for Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital is required to be deemed “well capitalized.”  As of June 
30,  2004,  the  Bank  was  well  in  excess  of  all  regulatory  capital  requirements  with  Tangible  Capital,  Core  Capital, 
Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital and Total Risk-Based Capital ratios of 6.9%, 6.9%, 11.4% and 12.4%, respectively. 

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices 

The Corporation’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally 
accepted in the United States of America, which require the measurement of financial position and operating results 
in terms of historical dollars without considering the changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time 
due to inflation.  The impact of inflation is reflected in the increasing cost of the Corporation’s operations.  Unlike 
most industrial companies, nearly all assets and liabilities of the Corporation are monetary.  As a result, interest rates 
have  a  greater  impact  on  the  Corporation’s  performance  than  do  the  effects  of  general  levels  of  inflation.    In 
addition,  interest  rates  do  not  necessarily  move  in  the  direction,  or  to  the  same  extent,  as  the  prices  of goods and 
services.  

Impact of New Accounting Pronouncements.  

For discussion of new accounting pronouncements and their impact on the Corporation, see Note 1 of the Notes to 
the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this report. 

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 

Quantitative  Aspects  of  Market  Risk.    The  Bank  does  not  maintain  a  trading  account  for  any  class  of  financial 
instrument nor does it purchase high-risk derivative financial instruments.  Furthermore, the Bank is not subject to 
foreign  currency  exchange  rate  risk  or  commodity  price  risk.    For  information  regarding  the  sensitivity  to  interest 
rate  risk  of  the  Bank’s  interest-earning  assets  and  interest-bearing  liabilities,  see  “Maturity  of  Loans  Held  for 
Investment” on page 4, “Investment Securities Activities” on page 21 through 22, “Time Deposits by Maturities” on 
page 25 and “Interest Rate Risk” on page 52. 

Qualitative Aspects of Market Risk.  The Bank’s principal financial objective is to achieve long-term profitability 
while reducing its exposure to fluctuating interest rates.  The Bank has sought to reduce the exposure of its earnings 
to  changes  in  interest  rates  by  attempting  to  manage  the  repricing  mismatch  between  interest-earning  assets  and 
interest-bearing  liabilities.    The  principal  element  in  achieving  this  objective  is  to  increase  the  interest-rate 
sensitivity of the Bank’s interest-earning assets by retaining for its portfolio new loan originations with interest rates 
subject  to  periodic  adjustment  to  market  conditions  and  by  selling  fixed-rate,  single-family  mortgage  loans.    In 
addition,  the  Bank  maintains  an  investment  portfolio,  which  is  largely  in  U.S.  government  agency  securities  and 
U.S. government agency MBS with contractual maturities of up to 30 years that reprice frequently.  The Bank relies 
on  retail  deposits  as  its  primary  source  of  funds.    Management  believes  retail  deposits,  compared  to  brokered 
deposits,  reduce  the  effects  of  interest  rate  fluctuations  because  they  generally  represent  a  more  stable  source  of 
funds.    As  part  of  its  interest  rate  risk  management  strategy,  the  Bank  promotes  transaction  accounts  and  time 

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
deposits  with  terms  up  to  five  years.    For  additional  information,  see  “Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations” on page 39. 

Interest Rate Risk.  The principal financial objective of the Corporation’s interest rate risk management function is 
to  achieve  long-term  profitability  while  limiting  its  exposure  to the fluctuation of interest rates.  The Corporation, 
through  its  ALCO,  has  sought  to  reduce  the  exposure  of  its  earnings  to  changes  in  interest  rates  by  managing  the 
repricing  mismatch  between  interest-earning  assets  and  interest-bearing  liabilities.    The  principal  element  in 
achieving this objective is to manage the interest-rate sensitivity of the Corporation’s assets by retaining loans with 
interest rates subject to periodic market adjustments.  In addition, the Bank maintains a liquid investment portfolio 
comprised of government agency securities and MBS.  The Bank relies on retail deposits as its primary source of 
funding  while  utilizing  FHLB  advances  as  a  secondary  source  of  funding  which  can  be  structured  with  favorable 
interest rate risk characteristics.  As part of its interest rate risk management strategy, the Bank promotes transaction 
accounts. 

Using  data  from  the  Bank’s  quarterly  report  to  the  OTS,  the  OTS  produces  a  report  for  the  Bank  that  measures 
interest rate risk by modeling the change in Net Portfolio Value (“NPV”) over a variety of interest rate scenarios.  
The interest rate risk analysis received from the OTS is similar to the Bank’s own interest rate risk model.  NPV is 
the present value of expected cash flows from assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts.  The calculation is 
intended to illustrate the change in NPV that would occur in the event of an immediate change in interest rates of      
-100, +100, +200 and +300 basis points with no effect given to any steps which management might take to counter 
the effect of that interest rate movement. 

The following table is provided by the OTS and sets forth as of June 30, 2004 the estimated changes in NPV based 
on  the  indicated  interest  rate  environments.    The  Bank’s  balance  sheet  position  as  of  June  30,  2004  can  be 
summarized  as  follows:  if  interest  rates  decrease  100  basis  points,  increase  100  basis  points,  increase  200  basis 
points or increase 300 basis points, the NPV of the Bank is expected to decrease. 

Basis Points (bp) 
Change in Rates 

(Dollars In Thousands) 

Net 

  Portfolio 

Value 

  NPV 
  Change 

(1) 

  Portfolio 

Value 
Assets 

  NPV as Percentage 
  Of Portfolio Value  Sensitivity 
Measure 
(3) 

Assets 
(2) 

+300 bp …………… 
+200 bp …………… 
+100 bp …………… 
0 bp …………… 
-100 bp …………… 

 $  124,053   
 140,018   
 151,704   
158,450   
157,438   

 $ (34,397 ) 
 (18,432 ) 
 (6,746 ) 
-  
 (1,012 ) 

 $1,308,112 
 1,335,793 
 1,360,365 
 1,381,303 
 1,395,165 

9.48% 
10.48% 
11.15% 
11.47% 
11.28% 

-199 bp 
-99 bp 
-32 bp 
0 bp 
-19 bp 

(1)  Represents  the  decrease  of  the  estimated  NPV  at  the  indicated  change  in  interest  rates  compared  to  the  NPV 

calculated at June 30, 2004 (“base case”). 

(2)  Calculated as the estimated NPV divided by the portfolio value of total assets. 
(3)  Calculated as the change in the NPV ratio from the base case at the indicated change in interest rates. 

52 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table provided by the OTS, is based on the calculations contained in the previous table, and sets forth 
the change in the NPV at a +200 bp rate shock at June 30, 2004 and at a -100 bp rate shock at June 30, 2003. 

Risk Measure: +200 bp/-100 bp Rate Shock 

  At June 30, 2004 
(+200 bp) 

  At June 30, 2003 
(-100 bp) 

Pre-Shock NPV Ratio ……………………………………………. 
Post-Shock NPV Ratio …………………………………………… 
Sensitivity Measure ……………………………………………… 

11.47% 
10.48% 
99 bp 

9.17% 
8.96% 
21 bp 

As  with  any  method  of  measuring  interest  rate  risk,  certain  shortcomings  are  inherent  in  the  method  of  analysis 
presented in the foregoing tables.  For example, although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or 
repricing characteristics, they may react in different degrees to changes in interest rates.  Also, the interest rates on 
certain  types  of  assets  and  liabilities  may  fluctuate  in  advance  of  changes  in  interest  rates,  while  interest  rates  on 
other  types  of  assets  and  liabilities  may  lag  behind  changes  in  market  rates.    Additionally,  certain  assets,  such  as 
ARM loans, have features which restrict changes in interest rates on a short-term basis and over the life of the loan.  
Further, in the event of a change in interest rates, expected rates of prepayments on loans and early withdrawals of 
time  deposits  could  likely  deviate  significantly  from  those  assumed  in  calculating  the  respective  table.    It  is  also 
possible that, as a result of an interest rate increase, the increased mortgage payments required of ARM borrowers 
could result in an increase in delinquencies and defaults.  Changes in interest rates could also affect the volume and 
profitability of the Bank’s mortgage banking operations.  Accordingly, the data presented in the tables above should 
not  be  relied  upon  as  indicative  of  actual  results  in  the  event  of  changes  in  interest  rates.    Furthermore,  the  NPV 
presented in the foregoing tables is not intended to present the fair market value of the Bank, nor does it represent 
amounts that would be available for distribution to stockholders in the event of the liquidation of the Corporation. 

The Bank also models the sensitivity of net interest income for the 12-month period subsequent to any given month-
end  assuming  a  dynamic  balance  sheet  (accounting  for  the  Bank’s  current  balance  sheet,  12-month  business  plan, 
embedded options, rate floors, periodic caps, lifetime caps, and loan, investment, deposit and borrowing cash flows, 
among  others),  and  immediate,  permanent  and  parallel  movements  in  interest  rates  of  plus  or  minus  100  and  200 
basis points.  The following table describes the results of the analysis for June 30, 2004 and June 30, 2003. 

June 30, 2004 

June 30, 2003 

Basis Point (bp) 
Change in Rates 
+200 bp 
+100 bp 
-100 bp 
-200 bp 

Change in 

  Net Interest Income 

-13.28% 
  -7.45% 
+2.00% 
+3.85% 

Basis Point (bp) 
Change in Rates 
+200 bp 
+100 bp 
-100 bp 
-200 bp 

Change in 

  Net Interest Income 

-11.71% 
  -3.75% 
+5.77% 
+5.49% 

In both of the fiscal year-end periods described above, the Bank is liability sensitive.  Therefore, in a rising interest 
rate environment, the results project a decline in net interest income over the subsequent 12-month period, and in a 
falling interest rate environment, the results project an increase in net interest income over the subsequent 12-month 
period. 

Management believes that the assumptions used to complete the analysis described in the table above are reasonable.  
However,  past  experience  has  shown  that  immediate,  permanent  and  parallel  movements  in  interest  rates  will  not 
necessarily occur.  Additionally, while the analysis provides a tool to evaluate the projected net interest income to 
changes  in  interest  rates,  actual  results  may  be  substantially  different  if  actual  experience  differs  from  the 
assumptions used to complete the analysis. 

53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

Please  refer  to  the  index  on  page  60  for  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements.  

Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure                       

None. 

Item 9A.   Controls and Procedures 

Within  the  90-day  period  prior  to  the  filing  date  of  this  report,  the  Corporation  carried  out  an  evaluation  of  the 
effectiveness  of  the  design  and  operation  of  its  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  pursuant  to  the  Exchange  Act 
Rule 13a-14(c). The Corporation’s Disclosure Committee, under the supervision of the Chief Executive Officer and 
Chief  Financial  Officer,  and  with  the  participation  of  the  Internal  Auditor  Manager,  conducted  surveys  and 
interviews with a selected group of management comprised of the critical operational personnel, on the effectiveness 
of  the  disclosure  controls  and  procedures.    Based  on  the  results  of  the  surveys  and  interviews,  the  Disclosure 
Committee  completed  a  report  to  the  Audit  Committee  of  the  Board  of  Directors  and  a  recommendation  to  the 
Corporation’s  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer.    The  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  the  Chief 
Financial  Officer  concluded  that  the  Company’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  were  effective  as  of  the 
evaluation date. 

There were no significant changes in the Corporation’s internal controls or in other factors that could significantly 
affect these controls subsequent to the date of the evaluation. 

Item 9B.  Other Information 

None.    During  the  quarter  ended  June  30,  2004,  the  Corporation  filed  a  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  for  all 
information required to be disclosed in a report on Form 8-K. 

Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant 

PART III 

For information regarding the Corporation’s Board of Directors, see the section captioned “Proposal I – Election of 
Directors” included in the Proxy Statement and which is incorporated herein by reference.  

The  executive  officers  of  the  Corporation  and  the  Bank  are  elected  annually  and  hold  office  until  their respective 
successors  have  been  elected  and  qualified  or  until  death,  resignation  or  removal  by  the  Board  of  Directors.    See 
“Business – Executive Officers” contained on page 36 in Item 1 of this report. 

Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act 

The  information  contained  under  the  section  captioned  “Compliance  with  Section  16(a)  of  the  Exchange  Act”  is 
included in the Corporation’s Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.  

Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers 

The  Corporation  has  adopted  its  Code  of  Ethics,  which  applies  to  all  directors,  officers,  and  employees  of  the 
Corporation.  The Code of Ethics is publicly available as Exhibit 14 to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 

54 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10-K for the year ended June 30, 2004, and is available on the Corporation’s website, www.myprovident.com.  If 
the  Corporation  makes  any  substantial  amendments  to  the  Code  of  Ethics  or  grants  any  waiver,  including  any 
implicit waiver, from a provision of the code to the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer 
or Controller, the Corporation will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on the website and in a report 
on Form 8-K. 

Audit Committee Financial Experts 

The  Corporation  has  designated  Joseph  P.  Barr,  Audit  Committee  Chairman,  as  its  financial  expert.    Mr.  Barr  is 
independent  of  management,  a  Certified  Public  Accountant  in  California  and  Ohio and has been practicing public 
accounting for over 35 years.  

Item 11.  Executive Compensation 

The information contained under the section captioned “Executive Compensation” and “Directors’ Compensation” 
is included in the Proxy Statement and incorporated herein by reference. 

Item  12.    Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners  and  Management  and  Related  Stockholder 
Matters 

(a) 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners. 

The  information  contained  under  the  section  captioned  "Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners  and 
Management" is included in the Corporation's Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. 

(b) 

Security Ownership of Management. 

The  information  contained  under  the  sections  captioned  "Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners  and 
Management"  and  "Proposal  I  --  Election  of  Directors"  is  included  in  the  Corporation's  Proxy  Statement  and  is 
incorporated herein by reference. 

(c) 

Changes In Control.  

The  Corporation  is  not  aware  of  any  arrangements,  including  any  pledge  by  any  person  of  securities  of  the 
Corporation, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of the Corporation. 

(d) 

Equity Compensation Plan Information.  

55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table summarizes share and exercise price information about the Corporation’s equity compensation 
plans as of June 30, 2004. 

Number of Securities 
to be Issued Upon 
Exercise of 
Outstanding 
Options, Warrants 
and Rights 
(a) 

Weighted-Average 
Exercise Price of 
Outstanding 
Options, Warrants 
and Rights 
(b) 

Number of Securities 
Remaining Available 
for Future Issuance 
Under Equity 
Compensation Plans 
(Excluding Securities 
Related in Column 
(a) 
(c) 

N/A   
9.88   
24.71   

N/A   

N/A   

-   
11,250   
102,500   

N/A   

113,750   

Plan Category 

Equity Compensation Plans approved by 

security holders: 

  Management Recognition Plan ………. 
1996 Stock Option Plan ……………… 
2003 Stock Option Plan ……………… 

Equity Compensation Plans not approved 

by security holders …………………... 

36,526   
774,850   
250,000   

N/A   

Total ……………………………………… 

1,061,376   

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions 

The  information  contained  under  the  section  captioned  “Transaction  with  Management”  is  included  in  the  Proxy 
Statement and incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

The  information  contained  under  the  section  captioned  “Proposal  II  -  Approval  of  Appointment  of  Independent 
Auditors” is included in the Corporation’s Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. 

PART IV 

Item 15.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K 

(a)  1.   Financial Statements 

  See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements on page 60. 

2.  Financial Statement Schedules 

Schedules  to  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  have  been  omitted  as  the  required  information  is 
inapplicable. 

(b)  Reports on Form 8-K filed during the last quarter of the Registrant’s fiscal year ended June 30, 2004 

(1)  The Corporation’s Form 8-K dated April 22, 2004 regarding its earnings for the quarter ended March 31, 

2004. 

(2)  The Corporation’s Form 8-K dated April 22, 2004 regarding a quarterly cash dividend of $0.10 per share 
on the Corporation’s outstanding shares of common stock with a record date of May 20, 2004, payable on 
June 16, 2004. 

56 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(3)  The  Corporation’s  Form  8-K  dated  May  6,  2004  regarding  its  participation  in  the  Community  Bank 
Investor  Conference  hosted  by  America’s  Community  Bankers  and  the  NASDAQ  Stock  Market,  the 
presentation materials are available on the Corporation’s website. 

(4)  The Corporation’s Form 8-K dated May 10, 2004 regarding the access to a live broadcast and a rebroadcast 

of the Community Bank Investor Conference. 

(5)  The  Corporation’s  Form  8-K  dated  June  28,  2004  regarding  the  stock  repurchase  of  up  to  5%  of  its 
common stock, or approximately 354,585 shares.  The shares will be repurchased from time to time in the 
open  market  over  a  one-year  period  depending  on  market  conditions  and  the  capital  requirements  of  the 
Corporation. 

(c) 

Exhibits  
Exhibits are available from the Corporation by written request 

3.1 

3.2 

10.1 

10.2 

10.4 

10.5 

10.6 

10.9 

Certificate of Incorporation of Provident Financial Holdings, Inc. 
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Corporation’s Registration Statement on  
Form S-1 (File No. 333-2230)) 

Bylaws of Provident Financial Holdings, Inc. 
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Corporation’s Registration Statement on 
Form S-1 (File No. 333-2230))  

Employment Agreement with Craig G. Blunden 
(Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  the  Corporation’s  Annual  Report  on  Form 
10-K for the Year Ended June 30, 1997)  

Post-Retirement Compensation Agreement with Craig G. Blunden 
(Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.2  to  the  Corporation’s  Annual  Report  on  Form 
10-K for the Year Ended June 30, 1997)  

1996  Stock  Option  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  A  to  the  Corporation’s 
proxy statement dated December 12, 1996) 

1996  Management  Recognition  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  B  to  the 
Corporation’s proxy statement dated December 12, 1996) 

Severance Agreement with Richard Gale (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 in the 
Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 1998) 

Severance Agreement with Donavon P. Ternes (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 
in the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2003) 

10.10  Severance Agreement with Lilian Brunner (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 in 
the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2003) 

10.11  Severance  Agreement  with  Thomas  “Lee”  Fenn  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 
10.9 in the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2001) 

10.12 

2003  Stock  Option  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  A  to  the  Corporation’s 
proxy statement dated October 21, 2003) 

13. 

14. 

2004 Annual Report to Stockholders 

Code of Ethics for the Corporation’s directors, officers and employees. 

21.1 

Subsidiaries of Registrant 

57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
23.1 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

31.1 

31.2 

Certification  of  Chief  Executive  Officer  Pursuant  to  Section  302  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act of 2002 

Certification  of  Chief  Financial  Officer  Pursuant  to  Section  302  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act of 2002 

32        Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section  

906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

58 

 
 
 
 
Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant 

has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

Date:  September 8, 2004 

Provident Financial Holdings, Inc. 

/s/ Craig G. Blunden 
Craig G. Blunden 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer 

Pursuant  to  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  this  report  has  been  signed  below  by  the  following 

persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

    SIGNATURES 

     TITLE 

      DATE 

/s/ Craig G. Blunden 
Craig G. Blunden 

/s/ Donavon P. Ternes 
Donavon P. Ternes 

/s/ Joseph P. Barr 
Joseph P. Barr 

/s/ Bruce W. Bennett 
Bruce W. Bennett 

/s/ Debbi H. Guthrie 
Debbi H. Guthrie 

/s/ Seymour M. Jacobs 
Seymour M. Jacobs 

/s/ Robert G. Schrader 
Robert G. Schrader 

/s/ Roy H. Taylor 
Roy H. Taylor 

/s/ William E. Thomas 
William E. Thomas 

Chairman, President and 
Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

September 8, 2004 

Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial and  
 Accounting Officer) 

September 8, 2004   

September 8, 2004 

September 8, 2004 

September 8, 2004 

September 8, 2004   

September 8, 2004   

September 8, 2004 

September 8, 2004 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Financial Statements of 
Provident Financial Holdings, Inc. 

Index 

           Page 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm …………………………………………….. 
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as of June 30, 2004 and 2003 ………………………… 
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002 ……….…… 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002 …. 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002 ……….…... 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements …………………………………………………………….. 

61 
62 
63 
64 
65 
67 

60 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of 
Provident Financial Holdings, Inc. 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Provident Financial Holdings, 
Inc.  and  subsidiary  (the  “Corporation”)  as  of  June  30,  2004  and  2003,  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of 
operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2004.  These 
financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Corporation’s  management.    Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an 
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the 
financial  statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement.    An  audit  includes  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence 
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting 
principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement 
presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of 
Provident Financial Holdings, Inc. and subsidiary as of June 30, 2004 and 2003, and the results of their operations 
and  their  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  three  years  in  the  period  ended  June  30,  2004  in  conformity  with accounting 
principles generally accepted in the United States of America. 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP 
Deloitte & Touche LLP 
Costa Mesa, California 
September 2, 2004 

61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition 

(In thousands, except share information) 

Assets 
Cash …………………………………………………………………………... 

$      38,349  

$      48,851  

June 30, 

     2004 

 2003 

62,200  
190,380  

76,838  
220,273  

Investment securities – held to maturity  

(fair value $61,250 and $77,210, respectively) …………………………… 
Investment securities – available for sale, at fair value ……………………… 
Loans held for investment, net of allowance for loan losses of $7,614 and 
  $7,218, respectively………………………………………………………... 
Loans held for sale, at lower of cost or market ………………………………. 
Receivable from sale of loans ………………………………………………... 
Accrued interest receivable …………………………………………………... 
Real estate held for investment, net  …………………………………………. 
Other real estate owned, net ………………………………………………….. 
Federal Home Loan Bank stock ……………………………………………… 
Premises and equipment, net …………………………………………………. 
Prepaid expenses and other assets …………………………………………… 
Total assets …………………………………………………………….. 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity 
Liabilities: 
    Non-interest-bearing deposits …………………………………………….. 
    Interest-bearing deposits ………………………………………………….. 

Total deposits 

862,535  
20,127  
86,480  
4,961  
10,176  
-  
27,883  
7,912  
8,032  
 $ 1,319,035  

$      41,551  
809,488  
851,039 

    Borrowings ………………………………………………………………… 
    Accounts payable, accrued interest and other liabilities …………………... 
          Total liabilities ………………………………………………………… 

324,877  
33,137  
1,209,053  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 14) 

Stockholders’ equity: 
   Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; (2,000,000 shares authorized;  

744,219  
4,247  
114,902  
4,934  
10,643  
523  
20,974  
8,045  
7,057  
 $ 1,261,506  

$      43,840  
710,266  
754,106  

367,938  
32,584  
1,154,628  

none issued and outstanding) …………………………………………… 

-  

-  

   Common stock, $0.01 par value; (15,000,000 shares authorized;  

11,898,565 and 11,769,890 shares issued, respectively; 7,091,719 and  
7,479,671 shares outstanding, respectively) ……………………………. 
   Additional paid-in capital ………………………………………………….. 
   Retained earnings …………………………………………………………... 
   Treasury stock at cost (4,806,846 and 4,290,219 shares, respectively) …… 
   Unearned stock compensation ……………………………………………... 
   Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax ……………… 
Total stockholders’ equity …………………………………………….. 

119 
57,186  
111,329  
(56,753 )   
(1,889 )   
(10 ) 
109,982  

118 
54,691  
98,660  
(45,801 ) 
(2,450 ) 
1,660 
106,878  

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity ……………………………… 

$ 1,319,035  

$ 1,261,506  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

62 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
   
   
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
  
  
 
   
   
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share information) 

        2004 

Year Ended June 30, 
      2003 

      2002 

Interest income: 

 Loans receivable, net ……………………………………………… 
 Investment securities ……………………………………………… 
 Federal Home Loan Bank stock ………………………………….. 
 Interest-earning deposits ………………………………………….. 
    Total interest income 

$ 53,216 
7,978 
938 
19 
62,151 

$ 49,328 
9,668 
843 
17 
59,856 

$ 51,247 
12,122 
779 
1,520 
65,668 

Interest expense: 

 Deposits …………………………………………………………… 
 Borrowings ………………………………………………………... 
       Total interest expense …………………………………………… 
Net interest income, before provision for loan losses……………….. 
Provision for loan losses …………………………………………….. 
       Net interest income, after provision for loan losses …………….. 

Non-interest income: 

 Loan servicing and other fees ……………………………………... 
 Gain on sale of loans, net …………………………………………. 
 Real estate operations, net ………………………………………… 
 Deposit account fees ………………………………………………. 
 Net gain on sale of investment securities ……………………….… 
 Other ………………………………………………………………. 
       Total non-interest income ……………………………………….. 

Non-interest expense: 

 Salaries and employee benefits ……………………………………. 
 Premises and occupancy …………………………………………... 
 Equipment expense ………………………………………………... 
 Professional expense ……………………………………………… 
 Sales and marketing expense ……………………………………… 
 Other ………………………………………………………………. 
       Total non-interest expense ……………………………………… 
Income before income taxes …………………………………………. 
Provision for income taxes …………………………………………... 
 Net income ……………………………………………………… 
Basic earnings per share ……………………………………………... 
Diluted earnings per share …………………………………………… 
Cash dividends per share ……………………………………………. 

13,320 
12,599 
25,919 
36,232 
819 
35,413 

2,292 
14,346 
251 
1,986 
- 
1,278 
20,153 

19,063 
2,461 
1,719 
826 
912 
3,799 
28,780 
26,786 
11,717 
$ 15,069 
$     2.24 
$     2.09 
$     0.33 

16,252 
12,161 
28,413 
31,443 
1,055 
30,388 

1,845 
19,200 
731 
1,734 
694 
1,567 
25,771 

17,965 
2,480 
1,972 
714 
900 
3,882 
27,913 
28,246 
11,357 
$ 16,889 
$     2.37 
$     2.20 
$     0.13 

24,054 
15,134 
39,188 
26,480 
525 
25,955 

2,178 
10,139 
693 
1,641 
544  
1,247 
16,442 

16,851 
2,278 
2,227 
683 
780 
3,987 
26,806 
15,591 
6,482 
$   9,109 
$     1.18 
$     1.12 
- 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(In thousands, except shares) 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity 

Balance at June 30, 2001 ……………………………………………. 
Comprehensive income: 

 Net income ……………………………………………………….. 
 Unrealized holding gain on securities available for sale, net of tax 
Total comprehensive income …………………………………….…. 
Purchase of treasury stock ……………………………………….…. 
Exercise of stock options …………………………………………… 
Amortization and awards for Management Recognition Plan ……... 
Allocation of contributions to Employee Stock Ownership Plan ….. 
Cash dividends in lieu of fractional shares from stock split ……….. 
Balance at June 30, 2002 ………………………………….………... 
Comprehensive income: 

 Net income ……………………………………………………….. 
 Unrealized holding gain on securities available for sale, net of tax 
Total comprehensive income ……………………………………….. 
Purchase of treasury stock ………………………………………….. 
Exercise of stock options ………………………………….……….. 
Amortization and awards for Management Recognition Plan …….. 
Tax benefit from non-qualified equity compensation ……………… 
Allocation of contributions to Employee Stock Ownership Plan ….. 
Prepayment of ESOP loan ………………………………………….. 
Cash dividends……………………………………………………….  
Balance at June 30, 2003 ……………………………………………. 
Comprehensive income: 

 Net income ……………………………………………………….. 
 Unrealized holding loss on securities available for sale, net of tax 
Total comprehensive income …………………………………….….. 
Purchase of treasury stock …………………………………………... 
Exercise of stock options ……………………………………………. 
Amortization for Management Recognition Plan …………………… 
Tax benefit from non-qualified equity compensation ………………. 
Allocation of contributions to Employee Stock Ownership Plan ….. 
Prepayment of ESOP loan ………………………………………….. 
Cash dividends ……………………………………………………… 
Balance at June 30, 2004 ……………………………………………. 

Common Stock 

Amount 

Shares 
8,574,352  

  (420,291 ) 
30,375  
10,255  

Addi-
tional 
Paid-in 
Capital 

Retained 
Earnings 

Treasury  
Stock 

Unearned 
Stock 
Compensation 

Accumulat-
ed Other 
Comprehen-
sive Income 
(Loss), Net 
of Tax 

Total 

    $ 117  $ 51,478 

$   73,697 

  $ (24,993 ) 

 $ (3,766 ) 

$   725 

  $   97,258 

9,109 

(1 ) 

206 

454 

139  

    (5,133 ) 

99  

629  
271  

8,194,691  

     117 

52,138 

82,805 

(30,027 ) 

 (2,866 ) 

864 

  (935,082 ) 
201,225  
18,837  

1 

1,422 

308 
823 

7,479,671  

118 

54,691 

  (516,627 ) 
128,675  

1 

1,041 

349 
1,105 

16,889 

(1,034 ) 
 98,660 

15,069 

(2,400 ) 

796  

    (16,031 ) 

257  

74  

270  
72  

(45,801 ) 

 (2,450 ) 

1,660 

(1,670 ) 

    (10,952 ) 

135  

271  
155  

7,091,719  

$ 119  $ 57,186 

$ 111,329 

  $ (56,753 ) 

 $ (1,889 ) 

$    (10 ) 

  9,109  
139  
  9,248 
  (5,133 ) 

         206 
728 
725 

(1 ) 
103,031  

16,889  
796  
  17,685  
  (16,031 ) 
           1,423  
331  
308  
1,093  
72  
(1,034 ) 
106,878  

  15,069  
(1,670 ) 

  13,399 
  (10,952 ) 

           1,042 
135 
349 
1,376 
155  
(2,400 ) 
$ 109,982  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 

(In thousands) 

Cash flows from operating activities: 

 Net income …………………………………………………… 
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net 

 cash provided by (used for) operating activities: 

 Depreciation and amortization ………………………….. 
 Provision for loan losses ………………………………… 
 Provision for losses on real estate ………………………. 
 Gain on sale of loans ……………………………………. 
 Net gain on sale of investment securities ……………….. 
 Deferred income taxes ……………………………………….. 
 Tax benefit from non-qualified compensation ………………. 
 Increase (decrease) in accounts payable, accrued interest and  
 other liabilities …………………………………………….. 
 Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses and other assets …… 
  Loans originated for sale……………………………….…….. 
  Proceeds from sale of loans …………………………………. 
  Additions to servicing assets …………………………………  
  Amortization of servicing assets …………………………….. 
  Stock compensation …………………………………………. 
 Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities ……… 

Cash flows from investing activities: 

 Net (increase) decrease in loans held for investment ………... 
 Maturity and call of investment securities held to maturity …. 
 Maturity and call of investment securities available for sale … 
 Principal payments from mortgage backed securities ……….. 
 Purchase of investment securities held to maturity …………... 
 Purchase of investment securities available for sale …………. 
 Proceeds from sale of investment securities available for sale 
 (Purchase) sale of Federal Home Loan Bank stock …………. 
 Net sales of real estate ………………………….……………. 
 Purchase of premises and equipment ………………………… 
 Net cash (used for) provided by investing activities ………. 

(continued) 

      2004 

Year Ended June 30, 
   2003 

2002 

$         15,069  

$         16,889   $          9,109  

4,111  
819  
-  
(14,346 ) 
-  
617  
349  

1,097  
524  
(1,111,399 ) 
1,138,287  
(1,640 ) 
307  
1,666  
35,461  

5,973  
1,055  
-  
(19,200 ) 
(694 ) 
550  
308  

2,292  
525  
58  
(10,139 ) 
(544 ) 
(280 ) 
-  

9,108  
(1,175 ) 
(1,270,292 ) 
1,239,331  
(301 ) 
31  
1,496  
(16,921 ) 

(1,541 ) 
2,944  
(1,103,574 ) 
1,184,186  
(23 ) 
4  
1,453  
84,470  

(118,522 ) 
93,885  
54,955  
95,141  
(79,375 ) 
(126,025 ) 
-  
(6,909 ) 
423  
(1,098 ) 

101,994  
229,890  
101,655  
6,501  
(223,763 ) 
(203,158 ) 
21,871  
3,436  
1,087  
(2,237 ) 
 $        (87,525 )   $      (188,416 )   $       37,276  

(152,305 ) 
232,562  
51,403  
67,933  
(154,174 ) 
(251,502 ) 
26,112  
(7,974 ) 
912  
(1,383 ) 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 

(In thousands) 

Cash flows from financing activities: 

 Net increase (decrease) in deposits ……………………… 
 (Repayment of) proceeds from  Federal Home Loan Bank 
   advances, net ………………………………………….. 
 Treasury stock purchases ………………………………... 
 Exercise of stock options ………………………………... 
 Cash dividends ………………………………………….. 
 Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities …. 

        2004 

Year Ended June 30, 
      2003 

     2002 

$        96,933  

$        76,658  

$        (52,593 ) 

(43,061 ) 
(10,952 ) 
1,042  
(2,400 ) 
41,562  

165,472  
(16,031 ) 
1,423  
(1,034 ) 
226,488  

(63,364 ) 
(5,133 ) 
206  
(1 ) 
(120,885 ) 

 Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents … 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year ……………. 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year …………………… 

(10,502 ) 
48,851 
$         38,349 

21,151  
27,700  
  $         48,851  

861  
26,839   
$         27,700   

Supplemental information: 

 Cash paid for interest ……………………………………. 
 Cash paid for income taxes ……………………………… 
 Real estate acquired in settlement of loans ……………… 

$         25,687 
$           9,320 
$                   - 

  $         28,886  
  $         10,410  
  $           1,172  

$         39,701  
$           7,840  
$           1,348  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

1.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (In Thousands, except Share Information): 

Provident Savings Bank, F.S.B. (the “Bank”) converted from a federally chartered mutual savings bank to a federally 
chartered stock bank effective June 27, 1996.  Provident Financial Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation organized 
by the Bank, acquired all of the capital stock of the Bank issued in the conversion; the transaction was recorded on a 
book value basis.  

The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  Provident  Financial  Holdings  Inc.,  and  its  wholly 
owned subsidiary, Provident Savings Bank, F.S.B. (collectively, the “Corporation”).  All inter-company balances and 
transactions have been eliminated. 

The  Corporation  operates  in  two  business  segments:  community  banking  (Provident  Bank)  and  mortgage  banking 
(Provident  Bank  Mortgage,  a  division  of  Provident  Bank).    Provident  Bank  activities  include  attracting  deposits, 
offering  banking  services  and  originating  multi-family,  commercial  real  estate,  construction,  commercial  business 
and consumer loans (primarily, overdraft and deposit loans).  Provident Bank Mortgage activities include originating 
single-family  (one-to-four  units)  and  consumer  (second  mortgages  and  equity  lines  of  credit)  loans  for  sale  to 
investors and for investment.  Deposits are collected primarily from 12 banking locations located in Riverside and 
San  Bernardino  counties  in  California.    The  mortgage  banking  loans  are  originated  from  ten  freestanding  lending 
offices in Southern California, as well as from the banking locations. 

The accounting and reporting policies of the Corporation conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the 
United  States  of  America  and  to  prevailing  practices  within  the  banking  industry.    The  preparation  of  financial 
statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and 
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at 
the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  
Actual  results  could  differ  from  those  estimates.    Material  estimates  that  are  particularly  susceptible  to  significant 
change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses and the valuation of foreclosed 
real estate, deferred tax assets, and derivative financial instruments.  

The following accounting policies, together with those disclosed elsewhere in the consolidated financial statements, 
represent the significant accounting policies of Provident Financial Holdings, Inc. and the Bank. 

Reclassifications 
Certain reclassifications of prior year financial data have been made to conform to the current reporting practices of 
the Corporation. 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Cash  and  cash  equivalents  include  cash  on  hand  and  due  from  banks,  as  well  as  overnight  deposits  placed  at 
correspondent banks. 

Investment securities 
The  Corporation  classifies  its  qualifying  investments  as  available  for  sale  or  held  to  maturity.    The  Corporation’s 
policy  of  classifying  investments  as  held  to  maturity  is  based  upon  its  ability and management’s positive intent to 
hold such securities to maturity.  Securities expected to be held to maturity are carried at amortized historical cost.  
All other securities are classified as available for sale and are carried at fair value.  Fair value is determined based 
upon  quoted  market  prices.    Unrealized  holding  gains  and  losses  on  securities  available  for  sale  are  included  in 
accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax.  Gains and losses on dispositions of investment securities are 

67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

included in non-interest income and are determined using the specific identification method.  Purchase premiums and 
discounts are amortized over the expected average life of the securities using the interest method.  Declines in the 
fair  value  of  held  to  maturity  and  available  for  sale  securities  below  their  cost  that  are  deemed  to  be  other  than 
temporary are reflected in earnings as realized losses. 

Loans 
Loans  held  for  investment  consist  primarily  of  long-term  loans  secured  by  first  trust  deeds  on  single-family 
residences,  other  residential  property,  commercial  property  and  land.    The  single-family  adjustable-rate  mortgage 
(ARM)  is  the  Corporation’s  primary  loan  investment.    In  addition  to  the  single-family  ARMs,  multi-family, 
commercial real estate, construction, commercial business and consumer loans are becoming a substantial part of the 
loans  held  for  investment.    These  loans  are  generally  offered  to  customers  and  businesses  located  in  Southern 
California,  primarily  in  Riverside  and  San  Bernardino  counties,  commonly  known  as  the  Inland  Empire,  and  to  a 
lesser extent in Orange, Los Angeles, San Diego and other counties.  A deterioration in the economic conditions of 
these  markets  could  adversely  affect  the  Corporation’s  business,  financial  condition  and  profitability.    Such 
deterioration  could  give  rise  to  increased  loan  delinquencies,  an  increase  in  problem  assets  and  foreclosures, 
decreased loan demand and a decline in real estate values.  

Loan origination fees and certain direct origination expenses are deferred and amortized to interest income on loans 
over the contractual life of the loan using the effective interest method.  The amortization is discontinued for non-
performing  loans.    Interest  receivable  represents,  for  the  most  part,  the  current  month’s  interest,  which  will  be 
included  as  a  part  of  the  borrower’s  next  monthly  loan  payment.    Interest  receivable  is  accrued  only  if  deemed 
collectible.  Loans generally are deemed to be in non-accrual status when they become 90 days past due.  When a 
loan is placed on non-accrual status, interest accrued but not received is reversed against income. 

Receivable from sale of loans 
Receivable from sale of loans represents expected settlement proceeds from the sale of loans, which have closed but 
not settled. The duration of the loan sale settlement generally ranges from three to 30 days. 

Provident Bank Mortgage activities 
Loans  are  originated  for both investment and sale in the secondary market.  Since the Corporation is primarily an 
adjustable-rate mortgage and consumer lender for its own portfolio, most fixed-rate loans are originated for sale to 
institutional investors.  

Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or fair value.  Fair value is generally determined by outstanding 
commitments  from  investors  or  investors’  current  yield  requirements  as  calculated  on  the  aggregate  loan  basis.  
Loans  are  sold  generally  without  recourse,  other  than  standard  representations  and  warranties,  except  those  loans 
sold to the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) under the Mortgage Partnership Finance (“MPF”) Program and to 
the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”) under one commitment which has a recourse provision.  
Most  loans  are  sold  on  a  servicing  released  basis.    For  some  loans  sold,  the  Corporation  may  retain the servicing 
rights in order to generate servicing income.  Where the Corporation continues to service loans after sale, investors 
are paid their share of the principal collections together with interest at an agreed-upon rate, which generally differs 
from the loan’s contractual interest rate. 

Loans  sold  to  FHLMC  under  the  recourse  commitment  require  the  Bank  to  be  responsible  for  all  losses  on  these 
loans.    As  of  June  30,  2004,  there  were  7  loans  sold  under  this  commitment  with  an  outstanding  balance  of  $1.4 
million  as  compared  to  21  loans  under  this  commitment  with  an  outstanding  balance  of  $4.2  million  at  June  30, 

68 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

2003.  As of June 30, 2004 and 2003, the Bank has established a recourse reserve of $4 and $13, respectively, for 
potential losses on these loans.  To date, no losses have been experienced in this program. 

Loans sold to the FHLB San Francisco under the MPF program also have a recourse provision.  The FHLB absorbs 
the first four basis points of loss and a credit scoring process is used to calculate the recourse amount for the Bank.  
All losses above this amount are the responsibility of the FHLB.  In consideration of the obligation of the Bank to 
accept the recourse liability, the FHLB pays the Bank a credit enhancement fee on a monthly basis.  As of June 30, 
2004, the Bank has $214.9 million outstanding under this program and has established a recourse reserve of $255 as 
compared to $32.8 million outstanding under this program and a recourse reserve of $31 at June 30, 2003. 

Occasionally,  the  Bank  is  required  to  repurchase  loans  sold  to  FHLMC,  Federal  National  Mortgage  Association 
(“FNMA”),  FHLB  or  other  institutional  investors  if  it  is  determined  that  such  loans  do  not  meet  the  credit 
requirements of the investor, or if one of the parties involved in the loan misrepresented pertinent facts, committed 
fraud, or if such loans were 90-days past due within 120 days of the loan funding date.  During the year ended June 
30, 2004, the Bank repurchased $79 of single-family mortgage loans as compared to $835 in fiscal 2003 and $1.1 
million in fiscal 2002.   

Activity in the recourse provision for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002 was as follows: 

Balance, beginning of year ……………………………………………. 

Provision ……………………………………………………………… 
Charge-offs, net ………………………………………………………. 

  2004 
$   44 

215 
- 

  2003 
$    -  

44 
- 

Balance, end of the year ………………………………………………. 

$ 259 

$ 44 

2002 
-  

- 
- 

- 

The  Bank  is obligated to refund loan sale premiums to investors when loans pay off within a specific time period 
following the loan sale; the time period ranges from three months to one year, depending upon the sale agreement.  
Total loan sale premium refunds in fiscal 2004, 2003 and 2002 were $652, $681 and $347, respectively.  As of June 
30, 2004 and 2003, the Bank has accrued $70 and $59, respectively, for future loan sale premium refunds.  

Gains  or  losses  on  the  sale  of  loans,  including  fees  received  or  paid,  is  recognized  at  the  time  of  sale  and  is 
determined by the difference between the net sales proceeds and the allocated book value of the loans sold.  When 
loans are sold with servicing retained, the carrying value of the loans is allocated between the portion sold and the 
portion retained (i.e., servicing assets and interest-only strips), based on estimates of their relative fair values   

Servicing  assets  are  amortized  in  proportion  to  and  over  the  period  of  the  estimated net servicing income and are 
carried at the lower of cost or fair value.  The fair value of servicing assets is determined based on the present value 
of  estimates  net  future  cash  flows  related  to  contractually  specified  servicing  fees.    The  Corporation  periodically 
evaluates servicing assets for impairment, which is measured as the excess of cost over fair value.  This review is 
performed on a disaggregated basis, based on loan type and interest rate.  In estimating fair values at June 30, 2004 
and  2003,  the  Corporation  used  a  weighted-average  prepayment  speed  of  6.82%  and  25.79%,  respectively,  and  a 
weighted-average  discount  rate  of  9.09%  and  9.39%,  respectively.    No  impairment  was  identified  as  of  June  30, 
2004 and 2003.  Servicing assets, which are included in Other Assets in the accompanying Consolidated Statements 
of  Financial  Condition,  had  a  carrying  value  of  $1.6  million  and  a  fair  value  of  $2.6  million  at  June  30,  2004.  
Servicing assets at June 30, 2003 had a carrying value of $289 and a fair value of $356. 

69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Rights  to  future  income  from  serviced  loans  that  exceed  contractually  specified  servicing  fees  are  recorded  as 
interest-only strips.  Interest-only strips are carried at fair value, utilizing the same assumptions as used to value the 
related servicing assets, with any unrealized gain or loss, net of tax, recorded as a component of accumulated other 
comprehensive  income (loss).  Interest-only strips are included in Other Assets in the accompanying Consolidated 
Statements of Financial Condition and had a fair value of $500, gross unrealized gains of $193, and amortized cost 
of $307 at June 30, 2004.   Interest-only strips were not significant at June 30, 2003.  

During  the  years  ended  June  30,  2004  and  2003,  the  Corporation  sold  35%  and  64%,  respectively,  of  its  loans 
originated  for  sale  to  a single primary investor.  If the Corporation is unable to sell loans to the primary investor, 
management  believes  the  availability  of  other  qualified  investors  would  mitigate  any  significant  risk  to  the 
Corporation’s operations. 

Allowance for loan losses 
It is the policy of the Corporation to provide an allowance for loan losses inherent in the loans held for investment as 
of the balance sheet date when any significant and permanent decline in the borrower’s ability to pay has occurred or 
when a decline in the value of the underlying collateral occurs.  Periodic reviews are made in an attempt to identify 
potential problems at an early stage. Individual loans are periodically reviewed and are classified according to their 
inherent risk.  The internal asset review policy used by the Corporation is the primary basis by which the Corporation 
evaluates the probable loss exposure.  Management’s determination of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses 
is based on an evaluation of the loans held for investment, past experience, prevailing market conditions, and other 
relevant  factors.    The  determination  of  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  is  based  on  estimates  that  are  particularly 
susceptible  to  changes  in  the  economic  environment  and  market  conditions.    The  allowance  is  increased  by  the 
provision for losses charged against income and reduced by charge-offs, net of recoveries. 

Impaired loans 
The  Corporation  assesses  loans  individually  and  identifies  impairment  when  the  accrual  of  interest  has  been 
discontinued,  loans  have  been  restructured  or  management  has  serious  doubts  about  the  future  collectibility  of 
principal and interest, even though the loans are currently performing.  Factors considered in determining impairment 
include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  expected  future  cash  flows,  the  financial  condition  of  the  borrower  and  current 
economic  conditions.    The  Corporation  measures  each  impaired  loan  based  on  the  fair  value  of  its  collateral  and 
charges off those loans or portions of loans deemed uncollectible. 

Real estate 
Real  estate  acquired  through  foreclosure  is  initially  recorded  at  the  lesser  of  the  loan  balance  at  the  time  of 
foreclosure or the fair value of the real estate acquired, less estimated selling costs.  All real estate is carried at the 
lower of cost or fair value, less estimated selling costs.  Real estate loss provisions are recorded when the carrying 
value of the property exceeds the fair value.  Costs relating to improvement of property are capitalized.  Other costs 
are expensed as incurred. 

Impairment of long-lived assets 
The Corporation reviews its long-lived assets for impairment annually or when events or circumstances indicate that 
the  carrying  amount  of  these  assets  may  not  be  recoverable.    An  asset  is  considered  impaired  when  the  expected 
undiscounted  cash  flows  over  the  remaining  useful  life  are  less  than  the  net  book  value.    When  impairment  is 
indicated for an asset, the amount of impairment loss is the excess of the net book value over its fair value. 

70 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Premises and equipment 
Premises  and  equipment  are  stated  at  cost,  less  accumulated  depreciation  and  amortization.    Depreciation  is 
computed primarily on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives as follows: 

Buildings ………………………………….  10 to 40 years 
Furniture and fixtures …………………….  3 to 10 years 
Automobiles ………………………………  3 years 
Computer equipment ……………………..  3 to 5 years 

Leasehold  improvements  are  amortized  over  the  shorter  of  the  respective  lease  terms  or  the  lives  of  the 
improvements.  Maintenance and repair costs are charged to operations as incurred. 

Income taxes 
Taxes are provided for on substantially all income and expense items included in earnings, regardless of the period in 
which such items are recognized for tax purposes.  Taxes on income are determined by using the liability method.  
This approach requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences 
of events that have been recognized in the Corporation’s financial statements or tax returns.  In estimating future tax 
consequences, all expected future events other than enactment of changes in the tax law or rates are considered.   

Risks and uncertainties 
In the normal course of business, the Corporation encounters two significant types of risk: economic and regulatory.  
There are three main components to economic risk: interest rate risk, credit risk and market risk.  The Corporation is 
subject to interest rate risk to the degree that its interest-bearing liabilities mature or reprice at different frequencies, 
or on a different basis, than its interest-earning assets.  Credit risk is the risk of default on the Corporation’s loans 
held  for  investment  that  results  from  the  borrower’s  inability  or  unwillingness  to  make  contractually  required 
payments.    Market  risk  results  from  changes  in the value of assets and liabilities, which may impact, favorably or 
unfavorably, the realizability of those assets and liabilities held by the Corporation. 

The Corporation is subject to the regulations of various government agencies.  These regulations can and do change 
significantly  from  period  to  period.    The  Corporation  also  undergoes  periodic  examinations  by  the  regulatory 
agencies,  which  may  subject  it  to  further  changes  with  respect  to  asset  valuations,  amounts  of  required  loss 
allowances  and  operating  restrictions  resulting  from  the  regulators’  judgments  based  on  information  available  to 
them at the time of their examination. 

Cash dividend 
Since  July  24,  2002,  the  Corporation  has  distributed  a  quarterly  cash  dividend  on  the  Corporation’s  outstanding 
shares of common stock.  Future declarations or payments of dividends will be subject to the consideration of the 
Corporation’s  Board  of  Directors,  which  will  take  into  account  the  Corporation’s  financial  condition,  results  of 
operations,  tax  considerations,  capital  requirements,  industry  standards,  economic  conditions  and  other  factors, 
including the regulatory restrictions which affect the payment of dividends by the Bank to the Corporation.   Under 
Delaware law, dividends may be paid either out of surplus or, if there is no surplus, out of net profits for the fiscal 
year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year. 

71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Stock split 
On December 19, 2003, the Corporation declared a three-for-two stock split distributed in the form of a 50% stock 
dividend on February 2, 2004 to shareholders of record on January 15, 2004.  All share and per share information in 
the accompanying consolidated financial statements have been restated to reflect the stock split.  

Earnings per common share (EPS) 
Basic  EPS  represents  net  income  divided  by  the  weighted  average  common  shares  outstanding  during  the  period 
excluding  any  potential  dilutive  effects.    Diluted  EPS  gives  effect  to  all  potential  issuance  of  common  stock  that 
would have caused basic EPS to be lower as if the issuance had already occurred.  Accordingly, diluted EPS reflects 
an increase in the weighted average shares outstanding due to the assumed exercise of stock options and the vesting 
of restricted stock. 

Stock-based compensation 
Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  (“SFAS”)  No.  123,  “Accounting  for  Stock-Based  Compensation,” 
encourages,  but  does  not  require,  companies  to  record  compensation  cost  for stock-based employee compensation 
plans  at  fair  value.    The  Corporation  has  been  accounting  for  stock-based  compensation  using  the  intrinsic  value 
method  prescribed  in  Accounting  Principles  Board  Opinion  (“APB”)  No.  25,  “Accounting  for  Stock  Issued  to 
Employees,”  and  related  interpretations.    Accordingly,  compensation  cost  for  stock  options  is  measured  as  the 
excess, if any, of the fair value of the Corporation’s stock at the date of grant over the grant price. 

The  Corporation  has  adopted  the  disclosure-only  provisions  of  SFAS  No.  123.    Had  compensation  cost  for  the 
Corporation’s stock-based compensation plans been determined based on the fair value at the grant date for awards 
consistent with the provisions of SFAS No. 123, the Corporation’s net income and earnings per share would have 
been reduced to the pro forma amounts as follows: 

Net income, as reported ……………………………………………… 
Deduct:  
Total stock-based compensation expense, determined  
  using fair value method, net of tax ………………………………... 
Pro forma net income …………………………………………………  

Year Ended June 30, 
  2003 
$ 16,889   

  2004 
$ 15,069   

2002 
$ 9,109   

(  247  ) 
$ 14,822   

(  156  ) 
$ 16,733   

(  317  ) 
$ 8,792   

Earnings per share: 
Basic – as reported …………………………………………………… 
Basic – pro forma ……………………………………………………. 

Diluted – as reported ………………………………………………… 
Diluted – pro forma ……………………………….…………………. 

$ 2.24   
$ 2.20   

$ 2.09   
$ 2.06   

$ 2.37   
$ 2.35   

$ 2.20   
$ 2.18   

$ 1.18   
$ 1.14   

$ 1.12   
$ 1.08   

The Corporation has calculated the fair value of stock option grants to employees using the Black-Scholes option-
pricing model with the following assumptions: 10-year expected life, stock volatility for the past 30 months (15% for 
grants in fiscal 2004, 26% for grants in fiscal 2003 and 27% for grants in fiscal 2002), risk-free rate of the 10-year 
Treasury Note (4.36% for grants in fiscal 2004, 4.50% for grants in fiscal 2003 and 4.42% for grants in fiscal 2002) 
and dividend payments ($0.33 for grants in fiscal 2004, $0.13 for grants in fiscal 2003 and no dividend for grants in 
fiscal  2002).    In  fiscal  2004,  384,250  stock  options  were  granted;  while  7,500  and  192,375  stock  options  were 
granted in fiscal 2003 and fiscal 2002, respectively.  The Corporation calculates the fair value only at the time of the 

72 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

stock  option  grant  and  no  additional  computations  are  performed  during  the  life  of  the  options.    Forfeitures  are 
recognized as they occur. 

Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) 
The  Corporation  recognizes  compensation  expense  when  shares  are  committed  to  be  released  to  employees  in  an 
amount  equal  to  the  fair  value  of  the  shares  so  committed.    The  difference  between  the  amount  of  compensation 
expense and the cost of the shares released is recorded as additional paid-in capital.  Therefore, total stockholders’ 
equity is not affected. 

Management Recognition Plan (MRP) 
The Corporation recognizes compensation expense over the vesting period of the shares awarded, equal to the fair 
value of the shares at the date of the award. 

Postretirement benefits 
The  estimated  obligation  for  postretirement  health  care  and  life  insurance  benefits  is  determined  based  on  an 
actuarial  computation  of  the  cost  of  current  and  future  benefits  for  the  eligible  (grandfathered)  retirees  and 
employees as of June 30, 2004.  Beginning in fiscal 2004, the Corporation no longer offers the postretirement health 
care and life insurance benefits to any employee not previously qualified (grandfathered) for these benefits. 

Comprehensive income 
Accounting principles generally require that realized revenue, expenses, gains and losses be included in net income. 
Although certain changes in assets and liabilities, such as unrealized gains or losses on available for sale securities, 
are reported in a separate component of the equity section of the balance sheet, such items, along with income, are 
components of comprehensive income.  

The components of other comprehensive income and related tax effects are as follows: 

For the Year Ended June 30, 
     2003 

     2002 

    2004 

Unrealized holding (losses) gains on 

 available-for-sale securities, net …………………………………….. 

 $ (2,831 ) 

 $ 2,043   

 $   780  

Reclassification adjustment for gains 

 realized in income …………………………………………………… 
Net unrealized (losses) gains …………………………………………… 
Tax effect ………………………………..……………………………… 
Net-of-tax amount ……………………….……………………………… 

       -  
        (2,831 ) 
1,161  
 $ (1,670 ) 

       (694 ) 
        1,349   
       (553 ) 
 $   796   

       (544  ) 
        236  
       (97 ) 
 $   139  

Recent accounting pronouncements 

SFAS No. 149: 
SFAS No. 149, “Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” is effective for 
hedging  relationships  entered into or modified after June 30, 2003.  SFAS No. 149 amends and clarifies financial 
accounting  and  reporting  for  derivative  instruments,  including  certain  derivative  instruments  embedded  in  other 
contracts  and  for  hedging  activities  under  SFAS  No.  133,  “Accounting  for  Derivative  Instruments  and  Hedging 

73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Activities.”  The adoption of SFAS No. 149 did not have a significant impact on the Corporation’s financial position, 
cash flows or results of operations. 

SFAS No. 150: 
SFAS No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity,” 
establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of 
both  liabilities  and  equity.    SFAS  No.  150  requires  that  an  issuer  classify  a  financial  instrument  that  is  within  its 
scope, which may have previously been reported as equity, as a liability (or an asset in some circumstances).  This 
statement  is  effective  for  financial  instruments  entered  into  or  modified  after  May  31,  2003,  and  otherwise  is 
effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003, except for mandatory redeemable 
financial instruments of nonpublic entities.  The adoption of SFAS No. 150 did not have a significant impact on the 
Corporation’s financial position, cash flows or results of operations. 

FASB Interpretation (“FIN”) No. 45: 
In  November  2002,  the  FASB  issued  FIN  No.  45,  “Guarantor’s  Accounting  and  Disclosure  Requirements  for 
Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others,” an interpretation of SFAS Nos. 5, 57 and 107, 
and rescission of FIN No. 34, “Disclosure of Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others.”  FIN No. 45 elaborates 
on the disclosures to be made by a guarantor in its interim and annual financial statements regarding its obligations 
under certain guarantees that it has issued.  It also requires that a guarantor recognize, at the inception of a guarantee, 
a  liability  for  the  fair  value  of  the  obligation  undertaken  in  issuing  the  guarantee.    The  initial  recognition  and 
measurement provisions of this interpretation are applicable on a prospective basis to guarantees issued or modified 
after December 31, 2002, while the provisions of the disclosure requirements are effective for financial statements of 
interim or annual periods ending after December 15, 2002.  The adoption of this Interpretation on January 1, 2003 
did not have a material impact on the Corporation’s results of operations, financial position or cash flows. 

FIN No. 46R: 
In December 2003, the FASB issued FIN No. 46R, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities,” an interpretation of 
Accounting  Research  Bulletin  No.  51.    FIN  No.  46R  requires  that  variable  interest  entities  be  consolidated  by  a 
company if that company is subject to a majority of the risk of loss from the variable interest entity’s activities or is 
entitled to receive a majority of the entity’s residual returns or both.  FIN 46R also requires disclosure about variable 
interest  entities  that  companies  are  not  required  to  consolidate  but  in  which  a  company  has  a  significant  variable 
interest.    The  consolidation  requirements  must  be  adopted  no  later  than  the  beginning  of  the  first  fiscal  year  or 
interim  period  beginning after March 15, 2004.  The adoption of FIN No. 46R is not expected to have a material 
impact on the Corporation’s results of operations, financial position or cash flows. 

SOP 03-3: 
In December 2003, the Accounting Standards Executive Committee of the AICPA issued Statement of Position No. 
03-3 (“SOP 03-3”), “Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer.”  SOP 03-3 addresses 
the  accounting  for  differences  between  contractual  cash  flows  and  the  cash  flows  expected  to  be  collected  from 
purchased loans or debt securities if those differences are attributable, in part, to credit quality.  SOP 03-3 requires 
purchased loans and debt securities to be recorded initially at fair value based on the present value of the cash flows 
expected to be collected with no carryover of any valuation allowance previously recognized by the seller.  Interest 
income  should  be  recognized  based  on  the  effective  yield  from  the  cash  flows  expected  to  be  collected.    To  the 
extent that the purchased loans or debt securities experience subsequent deterioration in credit quality, a valuation 
allowance would be established for any additional cash flows that are not expected to be received.  However, if more 
cash flows were subsequently expected to be received than originally estimated, the effective yield would be adjusted 
on a prospective basis.  SOP 03-3 will be effective for loans and debt securities acquired after December 31, 2004.  
Management does not expect the adoption of this statement to have a material impact on the Corporation’s financial 
position, results of operations, or cash flows. 

74 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

EITF No. 03-1: 
In  March  2004,  the  Emerging  Issues  Task  Force  (“EITF”)  reached  consensus  on  the  guidance  provided  in  EITF 
Issue  No.  03-1,  “The  Meaning  of  Other-Than-Temporary  Impairment  and  its  Application  to  Certain  Investments” 
(“EITF 03-1”) as applicable to debt and equity securities that are within the scope of SFAS No. 115, “Accounting for 
Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities” and equity securities that are accounted for using the cost method 
specified  in  Accounting  Policy  Board  Opinion  No.  18  “The  Equity  Method  of  Accounting  for  Investments  in 
Common  Stock.”    An  investment  is  impaired  if  the  fair  value  of  the  investment  is  less  than  its  cost.  EITF  03-1 
outlines  that  an  impairment  would  be  considered  other-than-temporary  unless:  a)  the  investor  has  the  ability  and 
intent  to  hold  an  investment  for  a  reasonable  period  of  time  sufficient  for  the  recovery  of  the  fair  value  up  to  (or 
beyond) the cost of the investment, and b) evidence indicating that the cost of the investment is recoverable within a 
reasonable  period  of  time  outweighs  evidence  to  the  contrary.  Although  not  presumptive,  a  pattern  of  selling 
investments prior to the forecasted recovery of fair value may call into question the investor’s intent.  The severity 
and  duration  of  the  impairment  should  also  be  considered  in  determining  whether  the  impairment  is  other-than-
temporary. This new guidance for determining whether impairment is other-than-temporary is effective for reporting 
periods beginning after June 15, 2004. Adoption of this standard may cause the Corporation to recognize impairment 
losses  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Operations  which  would  not  have  been  recognized  under  the  current 
guidance  or  to  recognize  such  losses  in  earlier  periods.    Since  fluctuations  in  the  fair  value  for  available-for-sale 
securities are already recorded in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), adoption of this standard is not 
expected to have a significant impact on stockholders’ equity.  

2.  Investment Securities (in Thousands): 

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of investment securities as of June 30, 2004 and 2003 were as follows: 

June 30, 2004 

Held to maturity  

Amortized 
Cost 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 

Gross 
Unrealized 
(Losses) 

Estimated 
Fair 
Value 

Carrying 
Value 

 U.S. government agency securities … 
 U.S. government MBS (1) …………. 
 Corporate bonds ……………………. 
 Certificates of deposit ……………… 
 Total held to maturity …………. 

  $   59,199 
5 
  2,796 
  200 
62,200 

Available for sale 

 U.S. government agency securities … 
 U.S. government MBS …………….. 
 U.S. government agency MBS …….. 
 Private issue CMO (2) …………….. 
 FHLMC common stock ……………. 
 FNMA common stock ……………... 
 Total available for sale ……….. 
Total investment securities …………… 

24,831 
17,723 
137,517 
10,507 
12 
1 
190,591 
$ 252,791 

(1)  Mortgage Backed Securities (“MBS”). 
(2)  Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (“CMO”). 

75 

$      13 
2 
36 
- 
51 

- 
- 
530 
- 
747 
27 
1,304 
$ 1,355 

$ (1,001 ) 

- 
-  
-  
(1,001 ) 

$  58,211 
7 
2,832 
200 
61,250 

(516 ) 
(190 ) 
(718 ) 
(91 ) 
- 
- 

(1,515 ) 
$ (2,516 ) 

24,315 
17,533 
137,329 
10,416 
759 
28 
190,380 
$ 251,630 

$   59,199 
5 
2,796 
200 
62,200 

24,315 
17,533 
137,329 
10,416 
759 
28 
190,380 
$ 252,580 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

June 30, 2003 

Held to maturity  

Amortized 
Cost 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 

  Gross 

  Estimated 

Unrealized 
(Losses) 

Fair 
Value 

Carrying 
Value 

 U.S. government agency securities … 
 U.S. government MBS (1) …………. 
 Corporate bonds ……………………. 
 Certificates of deposit ……………… 
 Total held to maturity …………. 

  $   73,851 
8 
  2,779 
  200 
76,838 

Available for sale 

 U.S. government agency securities … 
 U.S. government agency MBS …….. 
 Private issue CMO (2) ……………… 
 FHLMC common stock ……………. 
 FNMA common stock ……………... 
 Total available for sale ……….. 
Total investment securities …………… 

38,608 
170,891 
7,949 
12 
1 
217,461 
$ 294,299 

(1)  Mortgage Backed Securities (“MBS”). 
(2)  Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (“CMO”). 

$    345 
4 
28 
- 
377 

176 
1,951 
120 
597 
25 
2,869 
$ 3,246 

$     -  
- 
(5 ) 
-  
(5 ) 

$  74,196 
12 
2,802 
200 
77,210 

(9 ) 
(48 ) 
- 
- 
- 
(57 ) 

38,775 
172,794 
8,069 
609 
26 
220,273 
$ (62 )  $ 297,483 

$   73,851 
8 
2,779 
200 
76,838 

38,775 
172,794 
8,069 
609 
26 
220,273 
$ 297,111 

The gross realized gain on sale of investment securities based on identified securities during the years ended June 30, 
2004, 2003 and 2002 was $0, $694 and $544, respectively.  The accrued tax obligation for June 30, 2004, 2003 and 
2002 was $0, $279, $226, respectively.  There were no realized losses during the years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 
and 2002. 

During  fiscal  2004,  the  issuers  called  $148.8  million  of  investment  securities  and  MBS  principal  payments  were 
$94.9 million.  In fiscal 2003, the issuers called $284.0 million of investment securities, $25.4 million were sold and 
MBS principal payments were $69.0 million.  The high volume of called securities was the result of the significant 
decline  in  interest  rates  during  fiscal  2004  and  fiscal  2003  and  substantial  callable  agency  securities  which  were 
purchased  with  coupon  rates  higher  than  market  rates  at  the  time  of  purchase.    Total  called  securities,  which  had 
coupon  rates  higher  than  market  at  the  time  of  purchase  in  fiscal  2004  and  2003  were  $80.4  million  and  $186.0 
million, respectively.  The securities called were callable at the option of the issuer and were primarily issued by the 
FHLB,  the  FNMA  or  the  FHLMC.    The  increase  in  MBS  principal  payments  was  due  primarily  to  the  decline  in 
interest rates and a larger proportion of MBS in the investment securities portfolio.  As of June 30, 2004, MBS and 
CMO investments represented 65% of investment securities as compared to 61% at June 30, 2003. 

76 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

As  of  June  30,  2004,  the  Corporation  held  investments  with  unrealized  holding  losses  totaling  $2.5  million, 
consisting of the following:  

Description  of Securities 
U.S. government agency securities: 
  FNMA ………………………. 
  FHLMC ……………………... 
  FHLB ……………………….. 
  FFCB (1) ……………………. 
U.S. government securities: 
  GNMA (2) ………………….. 
U.S. government agency MBS: 
  FNMA ………………………. 
  FHLMC ……………………... 
Private issue CMO: 
  Washington Mutual, Inc. ……. 
Total …………………………….. 

Less than 12 months 

  12 months or more 

Total 

Fair 
Value 

Unrealized   
Losses 

Fair 
  Value 

Unrealized   
Losses 

Fair 
  Value 

Unrealized 
Losses 

$     6,833
9,911
48,040
5,872

$    156  
97  
828  
128  

$          -
3,809
2,881
-

$      - 
189 
119 
- 

$     6,833 
13,720 
50,921 
5,872 

$    156
286
947
128

17,533

42,455
16,530

190  

308  
190  

-

- 

17,533 

5,376
-

220 
- 

47,831 
16,530 

190

528
190

10,416
$ 157,590

91  
$ 1,988  

-
$ 12,066

- 
$ 528 

10,416 
$ 169,656 

91
$ 2,516

1)  Federal Farm Credit Banks (“FFCB”) 
2)  Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) 

As  of  June  30,  2004,  the  unrealized  holding  losses  relate  to  a  total  of  47  investment  securities,  which 
consist  of  14  adjustable  rate  MBS,  three  adjustable  CMO  and  30  fixed  rate  government  agency  debt 
obligations,  which  have  been  in  an  unrealized  loss  position  (ranging  from  a  deminimus  percentage  to 
5.0% of cost) for not more than 13 months.  Such unrealized holding losses are the result of an increase 
in market interest rates during fiscal 2004 and are not the result of credit or principal risk.  Based on the 
nature  of  the  investments  and  other  considerations  discussed  above,  management  concluded  that  such 
unrealized losses were not other than temporary as of June 30, 2004.  

77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Contractual maturities of investment securities as of June 30, 2004 and 2003 were as follows: 

Held to maturity 

Due in one year or less …………………... 
Due after one through five years ………… 
Due after five through ten years …………. 

Available for sale 
Due in one year or less …………………... 
Due after one through five years ………… 
Due after five through ten years …………. 
Due after ten years …………….…………. 
No stated maturity (common stock) ……… 

Total investment securities …………….. 

June 30, 2004 

June 30, 2003 

  Estimated 

Amortized 
Cost 

Fair 
Value 

  Amortized 

Cost 

  Estimated 
Fair 
Value 

$     7,174  
55,026   

- 
62,200 

-  
29,870   

- 
160,708 
13 
190,591 
 $ 252,791 

$     7,204 
54,046 
- 
61,250 

- 
29,452 
- 
160,141 
787 
190,380 
 $ 251,630 

$   43,021  
30,809   
3,008 
76,838 

29,695  
21,472   

- 
166,281 
13 
217,461 
 $ 294,299 

$   43,189 
30,970 
3,051 
77,210 

29,837 
21,851 
- 
167,950 
635 
220,273 
 $ 297,483 

3.  Loans Held for Investment (in Thousands): 

Loans held for investment consisted of the following: 

Mortgage loans: 
  Single-family ……………………………………………………………….. 
  Multi-family ………………………………………………………………... 
  Commercial real estate ……………………………………………………... 
  Construction ……………………………………………………………….. 
Commercial business loans …………………………………………………… 
Consumer loans ……………………………………………………………….. 
Other ………………………………………………………………………….. 

June 30, 

           2004 

      2003 

$ 620,087 
68,804 
99,919 
136,265 
13,770 
730 
7,371 
946,946 

$ 531,255 
49,699 
89,666 
118,784 
22,489 
1,086 
5,724 
818,703 

Less: 

 Undisbursed loan funds …………………………………………………….. 
 Deferred loan costs …………………………………………………….…… 
 Allowance for loan losses …………………………………………………... 
Total loans held for investment ……………………………………………….. 

(78,137 ) 
1,340  
(7,614 ) 

(67,868 ) 
602  
(7,218 ) 

$ 862,535 

$ 744,219 

Fixed-rate loans comprised 4% and 6% of loans held for investment at June 30, 2004 and 2003, respectively. 

78 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

The following summarizes the components of the net change in the allowance for loan losses: 

           2004 

Year Ended June 30, 
          2003 

       2002 

Balance, beginning of period ……………………………. 
Provision for losses ……………………………………… 
Recoveries ………………………………………………. 
Charge-offs ……………………………………………… 
Balance, end of period …………………………………... 

$ 7,218  
819  
1  
(424 ) 
$ 7,614  

$ 6,579  
1,055  
45  
(461 ) 
$ 7,218  

$ 6,068  
525  
96  
(110 ) 
$ 6,579  

The effect of non-accrual and restructured loans on interest income for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 
2002 is presented below: 

Year Ended June 30, 

                  2004  

              2003  

2002 

Contractual interest due ……………………………………... 
Interest recognized …………………………………………... 
Net interest foregone ………………………………………… 

$ 101  
(58 ) 
$   43  

$ 113  
(10 ) 
$ 103  

$ 89 
(21 ) 
$ 68 

At  June  30,  2004  and  2003,  there  were  no  commitments  to  lend  additional  funds  to  those  borrowers  whose  loans 
were classified as impaired. 

The  following  table  identifies  the  Corporation’s  total  recorded  investment  in  impaired  loans,  net  of  specific 
allowances, by type at June 30, 2004 and 2003: 

June 30, 2004 
Allowance 
For Loan 
Losses 

Recorded 
Investment 

Net  
Investment 

Mortgage loans:  
 Single-family: 

 Without a related allowance ………………………… 
 Total single-family loans ………………………………. 

          $ 1,044 
           1,044 

                $        -  
                      -  

          $ 1,044 
1,044 

Commercial business loans: 

 With a related allowance ……………………………. 
 Without a related allowance ………………………… 
 Total commercial business loans ………………………. 
Total impaired loans ……………………………………… 

1,285 
              155 
1,440 
 $ 2,484 

(365 ) 
-  
                 (365 ) 
 $ (365 ) 

920 
155 
1,075 
 $ 2,119 

79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

June 30, 2003 
Allowance 
For Loan 
Losses 

Recorded 
Investment 

Net  
Investment 

Mortgage loans:  
 Single-family: 

 Without a related allowance …………………………. 
 Total single-family loans ………………………………. 

          $ 1,309 
           1,309 

                $        -  
                      -  

          $ 1,309 
1,309 

 Commercial real estate: 

 With a related allowance …………………………….. 
 Total commercial real estate loans …………………….. 

                  419 
                  419 

                      (28 ) 
(28 ) 

Commercial business loans: 

 With a related allowance …………………………….. 
 Without a related allowance …………………………. 
 Total commercial business loans ………………………. 

408 
              431 
839 

                 (401 ) 
                      -  
                 (401 ) 

391 
391 

7 
431 
438 

Consumer loans: 

 Without a related allowance …………………………. 
 Total consumer loans …………………………………... 
Total impaired loans ……………………………………… 

161 
                  161 
 $ 2,728 

                      -  
                      -  
 $ (429 ) 

161 
161 
 $ 2,299 

During the years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002, the Corporation’s average investment in impaired loans was 
$2.9 million, $2.4 million and $4.4 million, respectively; the imputed interest income during these periods was $297, 
$266  and  $480,  respectively;  while  the  interest  income  recognized  on  a  cash  basis  was  $292,  $327  and  $674, 
respectively.    The  Corporation records interest on non-accrual loans utilizing the cash basis method of accounting 
during periods when the loans are on non-accrual status. 

In the ordinary course of business, the Bank makes loans to its directors, officers and employees at substantially the 
same  terms  prevailing  at  the  time  of  origination  for  comparable  transactions  with  unaffiliated  borrowers.    The 
following is a summary of related-party loan activity: 

          2004 

Year Ended June 30, 
            2003 

        2002 

Balance, beginning of period ……………………………… 
Originations ………………………………………………... 
Sales/payments …………………………………………….. 
Balance, end of period …………………………………….. 

$    5,556  
13,135  
(14,293 ) 
$    4,398  

$       917  
18,222  
(13,583 ) 
$    5,556  

$     2,861  
11,471  
(13,415 ) 
$        917  

Related-party loan originations decreased $5.1 million, or 28%, from $18.2 million in fiscal 2003 to $13.1 million in 
fiscal 2004.  The total sales/payments increased $710, or 5%, from $13.6 million in fiscal 2003 to $14.3 million in 
fiscal 2004. 

80 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

4.  Loans Originated for Sale (in Thousands): 

The following summarizes the unpaid principal balance of loans serviced for others by the Corporation: 

           2004 

Year Ended June 30, 
           2003 

          2002 

Loans serviced for FHLMC ……………………………… 
Loans serviced for FNMA ………………………………... 
Loans serviced for FHLB ………………………………… 
Loans serviced for other institutional investors …………... 
Total loans serviced for others …………………………… 

$   19,995 
19,419 
215,057 
14,914 
$ 269,385 

$   33,281 
34,979 
32,763 
13,123 
$ 114,146 

$   52,942 
66,604 
- 
16,513 
$ 136,059 

Servicing  loans  for  others  generally  consists  of  collecting  mortgage  payments,  maintaining  escrow  accounts, 
disbursing payments to investors and processing foreclosures.  Loan servicing income includes servicing fees from 
investors and certain charges collected from borrowers, such as late payment fees.  The Corporation held borrowers’ 
escrow balances related to loans serviced for others of $615, $279 and $267 as of June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002, 
respectively.    These  escrow  balances  are  included  in  deposits  in  the  accompanying  Consolidated  Statements  of 
Financial Condition. 

The  following  table  summarizes  the  estimated  aggregate  amortization  expense  for  servicing  assets  as  of  June  30, 
2004: 

Year Ended June 30, 

 2005 ………………………………………… 
 2006 ………………………………………… 
 2007 ………………………………………… 
 2008 ………………………………………… 
 2009 ………………………………………… 
 Thereafter  ………………………………….. 
Total estimated amortization expense ……….. 

Amount 

$    456 
392 
329 
274 
171 
- 
$ 1,622 

Loans sold consisted of the following: 

        2004 

Year Ended June 30, 
       2003 

        2002 

Loans sold: 

 Servicing – released ……………………………………... 
 Servicing – retained ……………………………………... 
Total loans sold ……………………………………………. 

$    930,235 
224,998 
$ 1,155,233 

$ 1,190,347 
52,828 
$ 1,243,175 

$ 1,168,529 
4,466 
$ 1,172,995 

81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Loans held for sale consisted of the following: 

               2004 

June 30, 
              2003 

             2002 

Fixed rate …………………………………………………… 
Adjustable rate ……………………………………………… 
Total loans held for sale ……………………………………. 

$ 18,797 
    1,330 
$ 20,127 

$ 3,475 
    772 
$ 4,247 

$ 1,094 
    653 
$ 1,747 

5.  Real Estate Held for Investment and Other Real Estate Owned (in Thousands): 

Real estate held for investment consisted of the following: 

June 30, 

          2004 

      2003 

Real estate held for investment …………………………………………………… 
Less accumulated depreciation …………………………………………………… 
Total real estate held for investment, net ………………………………………… 

$ 12,629  
(2,453 ) 
$ 10,176  

$ 12,530  
(1,887 ) 
$ 10,643  

Other real estate owned consisted of the following: 

June 30, 

           2004  

        2003   

Other real estate owned  …………………………………………………………. 
Less allowance for real estate losses …………………………………………….. 
Total other real estate owned, net ……………………………………………….. 

$  -  
-  
$  -  

$ 523  
-  
$ 523  

The following summarizes the components of the net change in the allowance for losses on real estate: 

Year Ended June 30, 

            2004  

2003  

2002  

Balance, beginning of period …………………………………………….. 
Provisions for losses ……………………………………………………… 
Charge-offs ……………………………………………………………….. 
Balance, end of period …………………………………………………… 

$   -  
-  
-  
$   -  

$  23  
-  
(23 ) 
$    -  

$  17  
58  
(52 ) 
$  23  

82 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

6.  Premises and Equipment (in Thousands): 

Premises and equipment consisted of the following: 

Land ………………………………………………………………………………. 
Buildings …………………………………………………………………………. 
Leasehold improvements ………………………………………………………… 
Furniture and equipment …………………………………………………………. 
Automobiles ……………………………………………………………………… 

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization ………………………………… 
Total premises and equipment, net ……………………………………………….. 

June 30, 

         2004 

          2003 

$    3,051  
8,063  
1,233  
9,685  
96  
22,128  
(14,216 ) 
$    7,912  

$    3,051  
7,873  
978  
9,891  
94  
21,887  
(13,842 ) 
$    8,045  

Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002 amounted to $1.8 million, 
$1.9 million and $2.2 million, respectively. 

7.  Deposits (Dollars in Thousands): 

June 30, 2004 

June 30, 2003 

Interest Rate 

  Amount 

  Interest Rate 

  Amount 

Checking accounts – non-interest bearing … 
Checking accounts – interest bearing (1) …. 
Savings accounts (1) ……………………… 
Money market accounts (1) ………………. 
Time deposits 

- 

0% - 1.00% 
0% - 1.98% 
0% - 1.49% 

 Under $100………………………………  0.50% - 7.23% 
 $100 and over …………………………...  0.70% - 6.81% 

Total deposits ……………………………… 
Weighted average interest rate on deposits .. 

- 

0% - 1.24% 
0% - 2.47% 
0% - 1.59% 

  0.36% - 7.23% 
  0.80% - 7.10% 

$   41,551 
123,621 
348,911 
46,858 

181,436 
108,662 
$ 851,039 
1.58% 

$   43,840 
98,899 
272,715 
47,900 

190,530 
100,222 
$ 754,106 
1.83% 

(1)  Certain  interest-bearing  checking,  savings  and  money  market  accounts  require  a  minimum  balance  to  earn 

interest. 

On December 16, 2002, the Corporation completed the acquisition of $7.6 million in deposits from Valley Bank’s 
Sun City branch. 

83 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

The aggregate annual maturities of time deposits are as follows: 

           June 30, 

              2004 

         2003 

One year or less …………………………………………………………… 
Over one to two years …………………………………………………….. 
Over two to three years …………………………………………………… 
Over three to four years …………………………………………………... 
Over four to five years ……………………………………………………. 
Over five years ……………………………………………………………. 
Total time deposits ………………………………………………………... 

$ 128,517 
85,570 
31,757 
25,023 
19,131 
100 
$ 290,098 

$ 194,356 
33,985 
18,688 
19,533 
24,142 
48 
$ 290,752 

Interest expense on deposits is summarized as follows: 

              2004 

          Year Ended June 30, 
          2003 

          2002 

Checking accounts – interest bearing ……………………… 
Savings accounts …………………………………………… 
Money market accounts …………………………….……… 
Time deposits ……………………………………………… 
Total interest expense on deposits ………………………… 

$      665 
5,267 
700 
6,688 
$ 13,320 

$      801 
4,161 
759 
10,531 
$ 16,252 

$   1,005 
3,170 
1,405 
18,474 
$ 24,054 

The Corporation is required to maintain cash and reserve balances with the Federal Reserve Bank.  Such reserves are 
calculated based on deposit balances and are offset by the cash balances maintained by the Bank.  The cash balances 
maintained by the Bank at June 30, 2004 and 2003 were sufficient to cover the reserve requirements. 

8.  Borrowings (Dollars in Thousands): 

Advances  from  the  FHLB  were  collateralized  by  pledges  of  certain  real  estate  loans  with  an  aggregate  principal 
balance at June 30, 2004 and 2003 of $345.2 million and $348.8 million, respectively.  In addition, the Bank pledged 
investment  securities  totaling  $206.9  million  at  June  30,  2004  to  collateralize  its  FHLB  advances  under  the 
Securities-Backed Credit (“SBC”) program as compared to $242.2 million at June 30, 2003.  At June 30, 2004, the 
Bank’s  FHLB  borrowing  capacity,  which  is  limited  to  40%  of  total  assets  reported  on  the  Bank’s  quarterly  thrift 
financial report, was approximately $550.1 million as compared to $473.2 million at June 30, 2003.  In addition, the 
Bank  has  a  borrowing  arrangement  in  the  form  of  a  federal  funds  facility  with  its  correspondent  bank  for  $45.0 
million.  No borrowings under this facility were outstanding at June 30, 2004 and 2003. 

84 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Borrowings consisted of the following: 

          June 30, 

              2004 

         2003 

Regular FHLB advances…………………………………………………… 
SBC FHLB advances………………………………………………………. 
Total borrowings …………………………………………………………... 

$ 306,877 
18,000 
$ 324,877 

$ 201,938 
166,000 
$ 367,938 

As  a  member  of  the  FHLB  system,  the  Bank  is  required  to  maintain  a minimum investment in FHLB stock.  The 
Bank  held  the  required  investment  of  $27.0  million  and  an  excess  of  $883  at  June  30,  2004,  as  compared  to  the 
required investment of $18.4 million and an excess of $2.6 million at June 30, 2003.  Any excess may be redeemed 
by the Bank or called by FHLB at par. 

The following tables set forth certain information regarding borrowings by the Bank at the dates and for the periods 
indicated: 

At or For the Year Ended June 30, 
   2003 

   2002 

      2004 

Balance outstanding at the end of period: 

 FHLB advances …………………………………………………. 

 $ 324,877 

   $ 367,938 

   $ 202,466 

Weighted average rate at the end of period: 

 FHLB advances …………………………………………………. 

4.01% 

3.50% 

5.50% 

Maximum amount of borrowings outstanding at any month end: 

 FHLB advances ………………………………………….……… 

 $ 385,385 

   $ 367,938 

   $ 257,525 

Average short-term borrowings (1) 
  with respect to: 

 FHLB advances ………………………………………….……… 

 $   97,638 

   $ 124,226 

   $   76,144 

Weighted average short-term borrowing rate during the period 
  with respect to: 

 FHLB advances ………………………………………….……… 

2.42% 

2.49% 

6.67% 

(1) Borrowings with a remaining term of 12 months or less. 

85 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

The aggregate annual contractual maturities of borrowings are as follows: 

          June 30, 

           2004 

        2003 

Within one year …………………………………………………………….. 
Over one to two years ……………………………………………………… 
Over two to three years …………………………………………………….. 
Over three to four years ……………………………………………………. 
Over four to five years ……………………………………………………... 
Over five years ……………………………………………………………... 
Total borrowings …………………………………………………………… 

Weighted average interest rate ……………………………………………... 

$   69,000 
27,000 
15,000 
72,000 
30,000 
111,877 
$ 324,877 

4.01% 

$ 152,031 
30,000 
27,000 
- 
72,000 
86,907 
$ 367,938 

3.50% 

9.  Income Taxes (Dollars in Thousands): 

The provision for income taxes consisted of the following: 

Year Ended June 30, 
    2003 

     2002 

     2004 

Current: 

 Federal ………………………………………………………………... 
 State …………………………………………………………………... 

Deferred: 

 Federal ………………………………………………………………... 
 State …………………………………………………………………... 

Provision for income taxes ……………………………………………… 

$   8,180 
2,920 
11,100 

487  
130 
617  
$ 11,717 

$   7,948 
2,859 
10,807 

360  
190 
550 
$ 11,357 

$ 4,957  
1,805  
6,762  

(323 ) 
43  
(280 ) 
$ 6,482  

The  Corporation’s  tax  benefit  from  non-qualified  equity  compensation  in  fiscal  2004  and  fiscal  2003  was 
approximately $349 and $308, respectively.  

86 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

The provision for income taxes differs from the amount of income tax determined by applying the applicable U.S. 
statutory  federal  income  tax  rate  to  pre-tax  income  from  continuing  operations  as  a  result  of  the  following 
differences: 

        Year Ended June 30, 

2004 

2003 

2002 

Federal statutory income tax rate ………………………………... 
State taxes, net of federal tax effect ……………………………... 
Other …………………………………………………………….. 
Effective income tax rate ………………………………………… 

35.0 % 
7.4  
1.3  
43.7 % 

35.0 % 
7.0  
(1.8 ) 
40.2 % 

35.0 % 
7.6  
(1.0 ) 
41.6 % 

Deferred tax liabilities by jurisdiction were as follows: 

       June 30, 
2004 

2003  

Deferred taxes – federal ……………………………………………………………….. 
Deferred taxes – state …………………………………………………………………. 
Total deferred tax liability ……………………………………………………….……. 

$ 302  
109  
$ 411  

$ 668  
286  
$ 954  

Deferred tax liabilities (assets) were comprised of the following: 

   June 30, 

         2004   

       2003   

Depreciation …………………………………………………………………………… 
FHLB dividends ………………………………………………………………………. 
Unrealized gain on investment securities ……………………………………………… 
Unrealized gain on interest-only strips ………………………………………………… 
Other …………………………………………………………………………………… 
  Total deferred tax liabilities ………………………………………………………… 

State taxes ……………………………………………………………………………… 
Market value adjustments – loans held for sale ……………………………………….. 
Loss reserves …………………………………………………………………………... 
Deferred compensation ………………………………………………………………... 
ESOP contribution ………………………………………….…………………………  
Accrued vacation ……………………………………………………………………… 
Unrealized loss on investment securities ……………………………………………… 
Other …………………………………………………………………………………... 
  Total deferred tax assets ……………………………………………………………. 
 Net deferred tax liability ……………………………………………………………. 

$  3,459  
2,747  
-  
78 
58 
6,342 

(1,070 ) 
(193 ) 
(3,323 ) 
(1,162 ) 
-  
(97 ) 
(86 ) 
-  
(5,931 ) 
$     411  

$  3,469  
2,434  
1,152  
-  
-  
7,055  

(1,024 ) 
(50 ) 
(3,392 ) 
(1,035 ) 
(422 ) 
(122 ) 
-  
(56 ) 
(6,101 ) 
$     954  

87 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

The  net  deferred  tax  liability  is  included  in  other  liabilities  in  the  accompanying  Consolidated  Statements  of 
Financial Condition. 

Retained earnings at June 30, 2004 included approximately $9.0 million for which federal income tax of $3.1 million 
had not been provided.  If the amounts that qualify as deductions for federal income tax purposes are later used for 
purposes other than for bad debt losses, including distribution in liquidation, they will be subject to federal income 
tax at the then current corporate tax rate.  If those amounts are not so used, they will not be subject to tax even in the 
event the Corporation were to convert its charter. 

10.  Capital (Dollars in Thousands): 

Federal regulations require that institutions with investments in subsidiaries conducting real estate investments and 
joint venture activities maintain sufficient capital over the minimum regulatory requirements.  The Bank maintains 
capital in excess of the minimum requirements. 

The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies.  Failure 
to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory - and possibly additional discretionary - actions 
by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Corporation’s financial statements.  Under 
capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific 
capital  guidelines  that  involve  quantitative  measures  of  the  Bank’s  assets,  liabilities  and  certain  off-balance-sheet 
items  as  calculated  under  regulatory  accounting  practices.    The  Bank’s  capital  amounts  and  classification  are also 
subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors. 

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum 
amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of Total and Tier 1 Capital (as defined in the regulations) to Risk-
Weighted  Assets  (as  defined),  and  of  Core  Capital  (as  defined)  to  Adjusted  Tangible  Assets  (as  defined).  
Management believes, as of June 30, 2004 and 2003, that the Bank meets all capital adequacy requirements to which 
it is subject. 

Various adjustments are required to be made to retained earnings and total assets for computing these capital ratios, 
depending  on  an  institution’s  capital  and  asset  structure.    The  adjustment  presently  applicable  to  the  Bank  is  for 
equity investments in real estate.  In addition, in calculating risk-based capital, general loss allowances are included 
as capital on a limited basis. 

As  of  June  30,  2004  and  2003,  the  most  recent  notification  from  the  Office  of  Thrift  Supervision  categorized  the 
Bank as “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action.  To be categorized as “well 
capitalized” the Bank must maintain minimum Total Risk-Based, Core Capital and Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital ratios 
as  set  forth  in  the  table.    There  are  no  conditions  or  events  since  that  notification  that  management  believes  have 
changed the Bank’s category. 

The Bank may not declare or pay cash dividends on or repurchase any of its shares of common stock, if the effect 
would cause stockholders’ equity to be reduced below applicable regulatory capital maintenance requirements or if 
such declaration and payment would otherwise violate regulatory requirements.  In fiscal 2004 and 2003, the Bank 
declared and paid cash dividends of $8.0 million and $26.4 million, respectively, to its parent.  

88 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

The Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios as of June 30, 2004 and 2003 are as follows: 

Actual 

For Capital Adequacy 
Purposes 

Amount 

  Ratio 

  Amount 

  Ratio 

To Be Well Capitalized 
Under Prompt Corrective 
Action Provisions 
  Ratio 

  Amount 

As of June 30, 2004 
Total Capital to Risk-Weighted 
  Assets ………………………… 
Core Capital to Adjusted 
  Tangible Assets ……………… 
Tier 1 Capital to Risk-Weighted 
  Assets ………………………… 
Tangible Capital ………………. 

$ 94,983 

12.39% 

  $ 61,342 

  >  8.0%   

 $ 76,677 

  > 10.0% 

90,402 

6.90% 

52,388 

  >  4.0%   

65,485 

  >   5.0% 

87,385 
90,402 

11.40% 
6.90% 

N/A 
19,646 

N/A   
  >  1.5%   

46,006 
N/A 

  >   6.0% 
N/A  

As of June 30, 2003 
Total Capital to Risk-Weighted 
  Assets ………………………… 
Core Capital to Adjusted 
  Tangible Assets ………………         81,246 
Tier 1 Capital to Risk-Weighted 
  Assets ………………………… 
Tangible Capital ………………. 

    81,246 
    81,246 

$ 88,315 

13.01% 

  $ 54,300 

  >  8.0%   

 $ 67,875 

  > 10.0% 

6.50% 

49,962 

  >  4.0%   

     62,452 

  >   5.0% 

11.97% 
6.50% 

N/A 
18,736 

N/A          40,725 
N/A 

  >  1.5%   

  >   6.0% 
N/A  

11.  Benefit Plans (Dollars in Thousands, Except Share Information): 

The  Corporation  has  a  401(k)  defined-contribution  plan  covering  all  employees  meeting  specific  age  and  service 
requirements.  Under the plan, employees may contribute to the plan from their pretax compensation up to the limits 
set by the Internal Revenue Service.  The Corporation makes matching contributions up to 3% of participants’ pretax 
compensation.    Participants  vest  immediately  in  their  own  contributions  with  100%  vesting  in  the  Corporation’s 
contributions  occurring  after  six  years  of  credited  service.    The  Corporation’s  expense  for  the  plan  was 
approximately $335, $333 and $323 for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. 

The  Corporation  has  a  multi-year  employment  agreement  with  one  executive  officer,  which  requires  payments  of 
certain  benefits  upon  retirement.    The  obligation  was  fully  funded  at  June  30,  2004  and  actuarially  determined 
retirement costs are being accrued and expensed annually. 

Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) 

An ESOP was established for all employees who are age 21 or older and have completed one year of service with the 
Corporation  during  which  they  have  served  a  minimum  of  1,000  hours.    The  ESOP  Trust  borrowed  $4.1  million 
from the Corporation to purchase 922,538 shares of the common stock issued in the conversion.  The loan will be 

89 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

repaid principally from the Corporation’s contributions to the ESOP over a period of 15 years.  In addition to the 
scheduled  principal  loan  payments,  the  ESOP  Trust  paid  additional  principal  amounts,  which  came  from  cash 
dividends received on the unallocated ESOP shares.  The additional principal payment (loan prepayment) in fiscal 
2004 and 2003 was $155 and $72, respectively.  At June 30, 2004 and 2003, the outstanding balance on the loan was 
$2.1 million and $2.6 million, respectively.  Shares purchased with the loan proceeds are held in an unearned ESOP 
account and released on a pro rata basis based on the distribution schedule.  Contributions to the ESOP and shares 
released  from  the  unearned  ESOP  account  are  allocated  among  participants  on  the  basis  of  compensation,  as 
described in the plan, in the year of allocation.  Benefits generally become 100% vested after six years of credited 
service.  Vesting will accelerate upon retirement, death or disability of the participant or in the event of a change in 
control  of  the  Corporation.    Forfeitures  will  be  reallocated  among  remaining  participating  employees  in  the  same 
proportion  as  contributions.    Benefits  may  be  payable  upon  death,  retirement,  early  retirement,  disability  or 
separation  from  service.    Since  the  annual  contributions  are  discretionary,  the  benefits  payable  under  the  ESOP 
cannot be estimated.  The expense related to the ESOP was $1.4 million, $1.1 million and $741 for the years ending 
June 30,  2004,  2003  and  2002,  respectively.    At  June  30,  2004  and  2003,  the  unearned  ESOP  account  of  $1.6 
million and $2.0 million, respectively, was reported as a reduction to stockholders’ equity. 

The table below reflects ESOP activity for the period indicated (in number of shares): 

Unallocated shares at beginning of period …………………………… 
Allocated …………………………………………………………….. 
Unallocated shares at end of period …………………………………. 

471,719 
(60,867 ) 
410,852 

532,586 
(60,867 ) 
471,719 

        2004 

June 30, 
    2003 

     2002 

593,453 
(60,867 ) 
532,586 

The fair value of unallocated ESOP shares was $9.7 million, $9.2 million and $8.0 million at June 30, 2004, 2003 
and 2002, respectively. 

12.   Incentive Plans (in Thousands, Except Share Information): 

Management Recognition Plan (MRP) 

The Corporation established the MRP to provide key employees and eligible directors with a proprietary interest in 
the  growth,  development  and  financial  success  of  the  Corporation  through  the  award  of  restricted  stock.    The 
Corporation acquired 461,250 shares of its common stock in the open market to fund the MRP in 1997.  All of the 
MRP shares have been awarded.  Awarded shares vest over a five-year period as long as the employee or director 
remains  an  employee  or  director  of  the  Corporation.    The  Corporation  recognizes  compensation  expense  for  the 
MRP based on the fair value of the shares at the award date.  MRP compensation expense was $135, $331 and $728 
for  the  years  ended  June  30,  2004,  2003  and  2002,  respectively.    At  June  30,  2004  and  2003,  the  value  of  the 
unearned MRP account, $290 and $424, respectively, was reported as a reduction to stockholders’ equity. 

Stock Option Plan 

The Corporation established the 1996 Stock Option Plan (“1996 SOP”) for certain of its directors and key employees 
under which options to acquire up to 1.15 million shares of common stock may be granted.  All but 11,250 stock 
options  under  the  1996  SOP  have  been  granted.    On  November  18,  2003,  shareholders  approved  the  2003  Stock 
Option  Plan  (“2003  SOP”)  for  certain  of  its  directors  and  key  employees  under  which  options  to  acquire  up  to 
352,500 shares of common stock may be granted.  In fiscal 2004, a total of 250,000 options were granted under the 

90 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

2003 SOP.  As of June 30, 2004, the number of options available for future grants (under both plans) were 113,750 
shares.  Under the Stock Option Plans, options may not be granted at a price less than the fair market value at the 
date  of  grant.    Options  vest  over  a  five-year  period  as  long  as  the  employee  or  director  remains  an  employee  or 
director of the Corporation.  The options are exercisable after vesting for up to the remaining term of the original 
grant.  The maximum term of the options granted is 10 years. 

The following is a summary of changes in options outstanding: 

Outstanding at June 30, 2001 

 Granted (fair value of $4.62/share) ………………………………………. 
 Exercised …………………………………………………………………. 
 Canceled …………………………………………………………………. 

Outstanding at June 30, 2002 

 Granted (fair value of $5.45/share) ………………………………………. 
 Exercised …………………………………………………………………. 

Outstanding at June 30, 2003 

 Granted (fair value of $6.19/share) ………………………………………. 
 Exercised …………………………………………………………………. 
 Cancelled …………………………………………………………………. 

Outstanding at June 30, 2004 

Number of 
Shares 
   823,500 
192,375 
(30,375 ) 
(11,250 ) 

     974,250 
7,500 
(201,225 ) 

     780,525 
384,250 
(128,675 ) 
(11,250 ) 

1,024,850 

  Weighted 
Average 
Strike Price 
 $   7.13 
9.67 
6.78 
6.78 
 $   7.65 
13.67 
7.07 
 $   7.85 
23.16 
8.10 
13.89 
 $ 13.49 

91 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

The following table summarizes the outstanding stock options and the exercisable portion of the stock options as of 
June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002: 

Exercise Prices 

Of  

  Options 

  Number 

Options Outstanding 
    Weighted 
  Average 
  Remaining 
  Option Life 

  Weighted 
  Average 
  Exercise 
Price 

  Options Exercisable 
    Weighted 
  Average 
  Exercise 

  Number 
of  
  Options 

At June 30, 2004 
$ 24.80 ……………………………. 
   23.35 ……………………………. 
   20.33 ……………………………. 
   20.23 ……………………………. 
   13.67 ……………………………. 
     9.67 ……………………………. 
     9.15 ……………………………. 
     8.28 ……………………………. 
     6.78 ……………………………. 
$ 6.78 to $ 24.80 …………………. 

At June 30, 2003 
$ 13.67 ……………………………. 
     9.67 ……………………………. 
     9.15 ……………………………. 
     8.28 ……………………………. 
     6.78 ……………………………. 
$ 6.78 to $ 13.67 ………………….. 

At June 30, 2002 
$ 9.67 ………………………….….. 
   9.15 ………………………….….. 
   8.28 ………………………….….. 
   6.78 ………………………….….. 
$ 6.78 to $ 9.67 …………………… 

   235,000   
   15,000   
   53,250   
   76,500   
   7,500   
144,625   
   33,750   
   67,500   
 391,725   
   1,024,850   

9.82 Years 
9.57  
9.09  
9.24  
8.07  
7.34  
3.56  
6.34  
2.57  
6.17 Years 

   7,500   
   172,125   
79,875   
   67,500   
 453,525   
 780,525   

9.07 Years 
8.34  
4.56  
7.34  
3.57  
5.10 Years 

   192,375   
79,875   
   67,500   
 634,500   
 974,250   

9.34 Years 
5.56  
8.34  
4.57  
5.85 Years 

   $ 24.80 
   23.35 
   20.33 
   20.23 
   13.67 
9.67 
      9.15 
   8.28 
     6.78 
 $ 13.49 

   $ 13.67 
   9.67 
9.15 
      8.28 
     6.78 
 $   7.85 

   $ 9.67 
9.15 
      8.28 
     6.78 
 $ 7.65 

   -   
   -   
   -   
   -   
1,500   
35,950   
33,750   
   40,500   
 391,725   
503,425   

   -   
   18,225   
79,875   
27,000   
 453,525   
578,625   

   -   
63,900   
13,500   
 634,500   
711,900   

Price 

$         - 
- 
- 
- 
13.67 
9.67 
9.15 
8.28 
  6.78 
$   7.29 

$        - 
9.67 
9.15 
8.28 
  6.78 
$ 7.27 

$       - 
9.15 
8.28 
  6.78 
$ 7.02 

13.   Earnings Per Share (in Thousands, Except Share Information): 

Basic EPS excludes dilution and is computed by dividing income available to common stockholders by the weighted 
average number of shares outstanding for the period.  Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution that could occur if 
securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the 
issuance of common stock that would then share in the earnings of the entity. No shares have been excluded from the 
diluted EPS computations. 

92 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

For the Year Ended June 30, 2004 
Shares 
(denominator) 

Income 
(numerator) 

Per-Share 
Amount 

Basic EPS ………………………………………………….. 
Effect of dilutive shares: 

 Stock options (1996 SOP and 2003 SOP) …………….. 
 Restricted stock awards (MRP)………………………… 
Diluted EPS ……………………………………………….. 

 $ 15,069 

6,732,954 

$ 2.24 

 $ 15,069 

458,952 
16,937 
7,208,843 

$ 2.09 

For the Year Ended June 30, 2003 
Shares 
(denominator) 

Income 
(numerator) 

Per-Share 
Amount 

Basic EPS ………………………………………………….. 
Effect of dilutive shares: 

 Stock options (1996 SOP) ……………………………... 
 Restricted stock awards (MRP)………………………… 
Diluted EPS ………………………………………………... 

 $ 16,889 

7,122,440 

$ 2.37 

 $ 16,889 

506,615 
39,099 
7,668,154 

$ 2.20 

For the Year Ended June 30, 2002 
Shares 
(denominator) 

Income 
(numerator) 

Per-Share 
Amount 

Basic EPS ………………………………………………….. 
Effect of dilutive shares: 

 Stock options (1996 SOP) ……………………………... 
 Restricted stock awards (MRP)………………………… 
Diluted EPS ………………………………………………... 

 $ 9,109 

7,704,670 

$ 1.18 

 $ 9,109 

342,260 
73,190 
8,120,120 

$ 1.12 

14.  Commitments and Contingencies (in Thousands): 

The  Corporation  is  involved  in  various  legal  matters  associated  with  its  normal  operations.    In  the  opinion  of 
management, these matters will be resolved without material effect on the Corporation’s financial position, results of 
operations or cash flows. 

93 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

The Corporation conducts a portion of its operations in leased facilities under non-cancelable agreements classified 
as  operating  leases.  The  following  is  a  schedule  of  minimum  rental  payments  under  such  operating  leases,  which 
expire at various years: 

Year Ended June 30, 

 2005 ………………………………………… 
 2006 ………………………………………… 
 2007 ………………………………………… 
 2008 ………………………………………… 
 2009 ………………………………………… 
 Thereafter  ………………………………….. 
Total minimum payments required …………... 

Amount 

$    581 
500 
392 
347 
260 
308 
$ 2,388 

Lease expense under operating leases was approximately $705, $622 and $553 for the years ended June 30, 2004, 
2003 and 2002, respectively. 

15.  Derivatives  and  Other  Financial  Instruments  with  Off-Balance  Sheet  Risks  (In  

Thousands): 

The Corporation is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to 
meet the financing needs of its customers.  These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, in the 
form of originating loans or providing funds under existing lines of credit, and forward loan sale agreements to third 
parties.    These  instruments  involve,  to  varying  degrees,  elements  of  credit  and  interest-rate  risk  in  excess  of  the 
amount  recognized  in  the  accompanying  Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial  Condition.    The  Corporation’s 
exposure  to  credit  loss,  in  the  event  of  non-performance  by  the  counter  party  to  these  financial  instruments,  is 
represented by the contractual amount of these instruments.  The Corporation uses the same credit policies in making 
commitments to extend credit as it does for on-balance sheet instruments. 

Commitments 

Undisbursed loan funds – Construction loans …………………………………………. 
Undisbursed lines of credit – Single-family loans …………………………………….. 
Undisbursed lines of credit – Commercial business loans …………………………….. 
Undisbursed lines of credit – Consumer loans ………………………………………… 
Commitments to extend credit on loans held for investment ………………………….. 

     June 30, 

     2004 

      2003 

$   78,137 
7,342 
9,625 
1,794 
23,170 
  $ 120,068 

  $   67,868 
6,380 
8,527 
2,640 
35,820 
  $ 121,235 

Commitments  to  extend  credit  are  agreements  to  lend  money  to  a  customer  at  some  future  date  as  long  as  all 
conditions have been met in the agreement.  These commitments generally have expiration dates within 60 days of 
the  commitment  date  and  may  require  the  payment  of  a  fee.    Since  some  of  these  commitments  are  expected  to 
expire,  the  total  commitment  amount  outstanding  does  not  necessarily  represent  future  cash  requirements.    The 
Corporation evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis prior to issuing a commitment.  At 

94 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

June 30, 2004 and 2003, interest rates on commitments to extend credit ranged from 4.50% to 10.75% and 3.75% to 
11.50%, respectively.  

In  an  effort  to  minimize  its  exposure  to  interest  rate  fluctuations  on  commitments  to  extend  credit  where  the 
underlying loan will be sold, the Corporation enters into forward loan sale agreements to sell certain dollar amounts 
of fixed rate and adjustable rate loans to third parties.  These agreements specify the minimum maturity of the loans, 
the yield to the purchaser, the servicing spread to the Corporation (if servicing is retained), the maximum principal 
amount  of  all  loans  to  be  delivered  and  the  maximum  principal  amount  of  individual  loans  to  be  delivered.    The 
Corporation typically satisfies these forward loan sale agreements with its current loan production; at June 30, 2004 
and 2003 the aggregate amount of loans held for sale and of commitments to extend credit on loans to be held for 
sale exceeded the Corporation’s forward loan sale agreements.  At June 30, 2004 and 2003, interest rates on forward 
loan sale agreements ranged from 5.00% to 6.00% and 4.00% to 5.50%, respectively.  

In addition to the instruments described above, the Corporation also purchases over-the-counter put option contracts 
(with expiration dates that generally coincide with the terms of the commitments to extend credit) which mitigates 
the interest rate risk inherent in commitments to extend credit.  The contract amounts of these instruments reflect the 
extent  of  involvement  the  Corporation  has  in  this  particular  class  of  financial  instruments.    The  Corporation’s 
exposure  to  loss  on  these  financial  instruments  is  limited  to  the  premiums  paid  for  the  put  option  contracts.    Put 
options are adjusted to market in accordance with SFAS No. 133.  As of June 30, 2004 and 2003, total nominal put 
option  contracts  were  $10.0  million  and  $45.0  million,  respectively;  and  the  fair  value  was  $41  and  $235, 
respectively.   

In  accordance  with  SFAS  No.  133  and  interpretations  of  the  FASB’s  Derivative  Implementation  Group,  the  fair 
value of the commitments to extend credit on loans to be held for sale, forward loan sale agreements and put option 
contracts  are  recorded  at  fair  value on the balance sheet, and are included in other assets or other liabilities.  The 
Corporation  does  not  apply  hedge  accounting  to  its  derivative  financial  instruments;  therefore,  all  changes  in  fair 
value are recorded in earnings.  The net impact of derivative financial instruments on the consolidated statements of 
operations during the year ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002 was a loss of $859, a gain of $360 and a gain of $3, 
respectively.  

Derivative Financial Instruments 

Amount 

Fair 
  Value 

  Amount 

Fair 
  Value 

 June 30, 2004 

 June 30, 2003 

Commitments to extend credit on loans to be held 
  for sale (1) ………………………………………….. … 
Forward loan sale agreements ……………………….….. 
Put option contracts ……………………………….……. 
Total ……………………………………………….……. 

$   63,750 
37,500 
10,000 
$ 111,250 

$  167  
(317 ) 
41  

$ 121,422 
109,734 
45,000 
$ (109 )  $ 276,156 

$ 1,099  
306  
235  
$ 1,640  

(1)  Net  of  an  estimated  26.6%  of  commitments  at  June  30,  2004  and  29.5%  of  commitments  at  June  30,  2003, 
which may not fund.  The fair value of servicing released premiums at June 30, 2004 and June 30, 2003 was 
zero (not recognized) and $1.8 million, respectively.  

During the third quarter of fiscal 2004, the Corporation adopted the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) 
guidance regarding loan commitments that are recognized as derivatives pursuant to SFAS No. 133.  As a result of 
implementing  the  SEC  Staff  Accounting  Bulletin  No.  105,  “Application  of  Accounting  Principles  to  Loan 
Commitments,”  the  Corporation  excluded  the  recognition  of  servicing  released  premiums  in  the  valuation  of 
commitments  to  extend  credit  on  loans  to  be  held  for  sale.    The  Corporation’s  previous  practice  had  been  to 

95 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

recognize, at the inception of the rate lock, the anticipated servicing released premiums on the underlying loans.  The 
Corporation elected to prospectively apply this guidance to new loan commitments initiated after January 1, 2004.  
This action resulted in the delay in recognition of approximately $580 of servicing released premiums for the year 
ended June 30, 2004, which will be recognized in future periods when the underlying loans are funded and sold. 

16.  Fair Values of Financial Instruments (in Thousands): 

The reported fair values of financial instruments are based on various factors. In some cases, fair values represent 
quoted market prices for identical or comparable instruments. In other cases, fair values have been estimated based 
on assumptions concerning the amount and timing of estimated future cash flows, assumed discount rates and other 
factors reflecting varying degrees of risk. The estimates are subjective in nature and, therefore, cannot be determined 
with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates. Accordingly, the reported fair values 
may not represent actual values of the financial instruments that could have been realized as of year-end or that will 
be realized in the future. The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate fair value of each class of 
significant financial instrument: 

Cash  and  due  from  banks,  federal  funds  sold,  interest  bearing  deposits  with  banks:  The  carrying  amount  of  these 
financial assets approximates the fair value. 

Investment securities: The fair value of investment securities is based on quoted market prices or dealer quotes. 

Loans held for investment: For loans that reprice frequently at market rates, the carrying amount approximates the 
fair value.  For fixed-rate loans, the fair value is determined by either (i) discounting the estimated future cash flows 
of such loans over their estimated remaining contractual maturities using a current interest rate at which such loans 
would be made to borrowers, or (ii) quoted market prices. The allowance for loan losses is subtracted as an estimate 
of the underlying credit risk. 

Loans  held  for sale: Fair values for loans are based on quoted market prices.  Forward loan sale agreements have 
been considered in the determination of the estimated fair value of loans held for sale. 

Receivable  from  sale  of  loans:  The  carrying  value  for  the  receivable  from  sale  of  loans  approximates  fair  value 
because of the short-term nature of the financial instruments. 

Accrued  interest  receivable/payable:  The  carrying  value  for  accrued  interest  receivable/payable  approximates  fair 
value because of the short-term nature of the financial instruments. 

Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  stock:  The  carrying  amount  reported  for  FHLB  stock  approximates  fair  value.  If 
redeemed, the Corporation will receive an amount equal to the par value of the stock. 

Deposits: The fair value of the deposits is estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation. The discount rate on 
such deposits is based upon rates currently offered for borrowings of similar remaining maturities. 

Borrowings: The fair value of borrowings has been estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation.  The discount 
rate on such borrowings is based upon rates currently offered for borrowings of similar remaining maturities. 

Commitments: Commitments to extend credit on existing obligations are discounted in a manner similar to loans held 
for investment. 

96 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Derivative Financial Instruments: The fair value of the derivative financial instruments are based upon quoted market 
prices,  current  market  bids,  outstanding  forward  loan  sale  commitments  and  estimates  from  independent  pricing 
sources. 

The carrying amount and fair values of the Corporation’s financial instruments were as follows: 

June 30, 2004 

June 30, 2003 

Carrying 
Amount 

  Market 
  Value 

  Carrying 
  Amount 

  Market 
Value 

Financial assets: 

Cash and cash equivalents ………………………. 
Investment securities ……………………………. 
Loans held for investment ………………………. 
Loans held for sale ……………….……………… 
Receivable from sale of loans …………………… 
Accrued interest receivable ……………………... 
FHLB stock ……………………………………… 

 $   38,349 
252,580 
862,535 
20,127 
86,480 
4,961 
27,883 

   $     38,349 
251,630 
878,071 
20,464 
86,480 
4,961 
27,883 

 $    48,851 
297,111 
744,219 
4,247 
114,902 
4,934 
20,974 

 $     48,851 
297,483 
772,629 
4,345 
114,902 
4,934 
20,974 

Financial liabilities: 
Deposits …………………………………………. 
Borrowings ……………………………………… 
Accrued interest payable ………………………... 

Derivative Financial Instruments: 
Commitments to extend credit on loans to be held 
  for sale ………………………………………… 
Forward loan sale agreements ………………….. 
Put option contracts …………………………….. 

851,039 
324,877 
884 

810,724 
328,493 
884 

754,106 
367,938 
652 

729,979 
385,903 
652 

167 
(317 ) 
41 

167 
(317 ) 
41 

1,099 
306  
235 

1,099 
306  
235 

97 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

17.  Operating Segments (in Thousands): 

The  following  tables  illustrate  the  Corporation’s  operating  segments  for  the  years  ended  June  30,  2004, 2003 and 
2002, respectively. 

Year Ended June 30, 2004 
Provident 
Bank 
Mortgage 

Consolidated 
Total 

Provident 
Bank 

Net interest income …………………………………………. 
Non-interest income: 

 Loan servicing and other fees …………………………… 
 Gain on sale of loans, net ……………………………….. 
 Real estate operations, net ………………………………. 
 Deposit account fees ……………………………………. 
 Other …………………………………………………….. 
 Total non-interest income …………………………… 

  $ 32,518  

$   2,895  

    $ 35,413  

(2,990 ) 
41  
178  
1,986  
1,256  
471  

            5,282  
            14,305  
               73  
-  
22  
19,682  

               2,292  
               14,346  
251  
1,986  
               1,278  
20,153  

Non-interest expense: 

 Salaries and employee benefits …………………………. 
 Premises and occupancy ………………………………… 
 Operating and administrative expenses …………………. 
 Total non-interest expenses …………………………. 
Income before income taxes ……………………………….. 
Provision for income taxes …………………………………. 
Net income ………………… ……………………………… 
Total assets, end of period …………………………………. 

12,756  
1,840  
4,350  
18,946  
       14,043  
6,409  
 $   7,634  
 $ 1,212,073  

            6,307  
621  
2,906  
9,834  
     12,743  
5,308  
 $   7,435  
     $ 106,962  

             19,063  
2,461  
               7,256  
             28,780  
        26,786  
11,717  
 $ 15,069  
 $ 1,319,035  

98 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
  
  
  
 
   
   
   
  
  
  
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Year Ended June 30, 2003 
Provident 
Bank 
Mortgage 

Consolidated 
Total 

Provident 
Bank 

Net interest income …………………………………………. 
Non-interest income: 

 Loan servicing and other fees …………………………… 
 (Loss) gain on sale of loans, net ………………………… 
 Real estate operations, net ………………………………. 
 Deposit account fees …………………………………….. 
 Net gain on sale of investment securities ……………….. 
 Other …………………………………………………….. 
 Total non-interest income ……………………………. 

Non-interest expense: 

  $ 27,293  

$   3,095  

    $ 30,388  

(2,789 ) 

            4,634  
(89 )              19,289  
               15  
716  
-  
1,734  
-  
694  
1,564  
3  
23,941  
1,830  

               1,845  
               19,200  
731  
1,734  
694  
               1,567  
25,771  

 Salaries and employee benefits …………………………. 
 Premises and occupancy ………………………………… 
 Operating and administrative expenses …………………. 
 Total non-interest expenses …………………………. 
Income before income taxes ……………………………….. 
Provision for income taxes …………………………………. 
Net income ………………… ………………………………. 
Total assets, end of period …………………………………. 

11,804  
1,897  
4,568  
18,269  
       10,854  
4,112  
 $   6,742  
 $ 1,174,955  

            6,161  
583  
2,900  
9,644  
     17,392  
7,245  
 $   10,147  
     $ 86,551  

             17,965  
2,480  
               7,468  
             27,913  
        28,246  
11,357  
 $ 16,889  
 $ 1,261,506  

Year Ended June 30, 2002 
Provident 
Bank 
Mortgage 

Consolidated 
Total 

Provident 
Bank 

Net interest income …………………………………………. 
Non-interest income: 

 Loan servicing and other fees …………………………… 
 Gain on sale of loans, net ……………………………….. 
 Real estate operations, net ………………………………. 
 Deposit account fees …………………………………….. 
 Net gain on sale of investment securities ……………….. 
 Other …………………………………………………….. 
 Total non-interest income ……………………………. 

Non-interest expense: 

 Salaries and employee benefits …………………………. 
 Premises and occupancy ………………………………… 
 Operating and administrative expenses …………………. 
 Total non-interest expenses …………………………. 
Income before income taxes ……………………………….. 
Provision for income taxes ………………………………… 
Net income ………………… ……………………………… 
Total assets, end of period …………………………………. 

  $   23,614  

$   2,341  

    $      25,955  

(309 ) 
18  
828  
1,641  
544  
1,199  
3,921  

            2,487  
            10,121  
               (135 ) 
-  
-  
48  
12,521  

               2,178  
               10,139  
693  
1,641  
544  
               1,247  
16,442  

12,707  
1,800  
5,023  
19,530  
       8,005  
3,326  
 $     4,679  
 $ 937,313  

            4,144  
478  
2,654  
7,276  
     7,586  
3,156  
 $   4,430  
     $ 68,005  

             16,851  
2,278  
               7,677  
             26,806  
        15,591  
6,482  
 $        9,109  
 $ 1,005,318  

99 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
  
  
  
 
   
   
   
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
  
  
  
 
   
   
   
  
  
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

The information above was derived from the internal management reporting system used by management to measure 
performance of the segments.  

The  Corporation’s  internal  transfer  pricing  arrangements  determined  by  management  primarily  consist  of  the 
following: 
1.  Borrowings for Provident Bank Mortgage (“PBM”) are indexed monthly to the higher of the three-month FHLB 
advance rate on the first day of the month plus 50 basis points or the Bank’s cost of funds for the prior month. 
2.  PBM receives servicing released premiums for new loans transferred to the Bank’s loans held for investment.  
The  servicing  released  premiums  in  the  years  ended  June  30,  2004,  2003  and  2002  were  $3.9  million,  $3.6 
million and $1.6 million, respectively. 

3.  PBM  receives  a  premium  (gain  on  sale  of  loans)  for  the  loans  transferred  to  the  Bank’s  loans  held  for 
investment.  The gain on sale of loans in the years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002 was $444, $365 and 
$482, respectively. 

4.  PBM receives fees for loans sold on a servicing retained basis.  The fees in the year ended June 30, 2004, 2003 

and 2002 were $1.9 million, $425 and $8, respectively.  

5.  Loan servicing costs are charged to PBM by the Bank based on the number of loans held for sale multiplied by a 
fixed fee which is subject to management’s review.  The loan servicing costs in the years ended June 30, 2004, 
2003 and 2002 were $103, $125 and $163, respectively. 

6.  The Bank allocates its quality assurance costs to PBM for its loan production, subject to management’s review.  
Quality assurance costs allocated to PBM in the years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002 were $115, $93 and 
$85, respectively. 

7.  The Bank allocates its loan vault service costs to PBM for its loan production, subject to management’s review.  
The  loan  vault  service  costs  allocated  to  PBM  in  the  years  ended  June  30,  2004,  2003  and  2002  were  $105, 
$109 and $112, respectively. 

8.  The Bank allocated its marketing costs to PBM in the years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002 for $14, $26 

and $13, respectively.  

9.  Office rents for PBM offices, which are located at the Bank offices, are internally charged based on the square 
footage used.  Office rents allocated to PBM in the years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002 were $142, $142 
and $93, respectively.  

10.  A management fee, which is subject to regular review, is charged to PBM for services provided by the Bank.  
The management fee in the years ended June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002 was $480, $480 and $360, respectively. 

18.  Holding Company Condensed Financial Information (in Thousands): 

This  information  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  the  other  notes  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements.  The 
following is the condensed balance sheet for Provident Financial Holdings, Inc. (Holding Company only) as of June 
30, 2004 and 2003 and condensed statements of operations and cash flows for each of the three years in the period 
ended June 30, 2004. 

100 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Condensed Balance Sheets 

Assets 
  Cash …………………………………………………………………………….. 
 Investment in subsidiary ………………………………………………………... 
 Other assets …………………………………………………………………….. 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity 

 Other liabilities …………………………………………………………………. 
 Stockholders’ equity ……………………………………………………………. 

Condensed Statements of Operations 

June 30, 

   2004 

2003 

 $   7,036 
    99,292 
      3,698 
 $ 110,026 

 $   11,207 
    92,010 
      3,703 
 $ 106,920 

$          44 
    109,982 
 $ 110,026 

$          42 
    106,878 
 $ 106,920 

         2004 

Year Ended June 30, 
   2003 

       2002 

Interest and other income ………………………………………….. 
General and administrative expenses ……………………………… 
 (Loss) before equity in net earnings of the subsidiary ………….. 
Equity in net earnings of the subsidiary …………………………… 
  Income before income taxes …………………………………… 
  Income taxes …………………………………………………… 
 Net income …………………………………………………… 

 $      298 
537 
(239 ) 

15,286 
15,047 

(22 ) 

 $ 15,069 

 $      356 
505 
(149 ) 

17,056 
16,907 
18 
 $ 16,889 

 $    268 
315 
(47 ) 

9,214 
9,167 
58 
 $ 9,109 

101 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows 

           2004 

Year Ended June 30, 
        2003 

         2002 

Cash flows from operating activities: 

 Net income …………………………………………………… 

 $  15,069  

 $  16,889  

 $  9,109  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by  

   operating activities: 
 Equity in net earnings of the subsidiary ……………………... 
 Tax benefit from nonqualified equity compensation ………... 
 Decrease (increase) in other assets …………………………..  
 Increase (decrease) in other liabilities ………………………. 
 Net cash provided by operating activities ………………… 

(15,286 ) 
349  
5  
2  
139  

(17,056 ) 
308  
24  
27  
192  

(9,214 ) 
                -  
177  
(6 ) 
66  

Cash flow from investing activities: 

 Cash dividend received from the Bank ……………………… 
 Net cash provided by investing activities …………………. 

           8,000  
8,000  

           26,400  
26,400  

4,800  
4,800  

Cash flow from financing activities: 

 Exercise of stock options ……………………………………. 
 Treasury stock purchases ……………………………………. 
 Cash dividend ……………………………………………….. 
 Net cash used for financing activities …………………….. 
Net (decrease) increase in cash during the year ……………….. 
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year …………………. 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year ………………………... 

1,042  
(10,952 ) 
(2,400 ) 
(12,310 ) 
(4,171 ) 
11,207  
 $   7,036  

1,423  
(16,031 ) 
(1,034 ) 
(15,642 ) 
10,950  
257  
 $  11,207  

206  
(5,133 ) 
(1 ) 
(4,928 ) 
(62 ) 
319  
 $     257  

102 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

19.  Quarterly Results of Operations (In Thousands, Except Share Information) 

(Unaudited): 

The following tables set forth the quarterly financial data, which was derived from the consolidated financial 
statements presented in Form 10-Qs, for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2004 and 2003. 

For Fiscal Year 2004  

For the 
Year Ended   
June 30, 
2004 

  Fourth 
  Quarter 

Third 

  Quarter 

Second 
  Quarter 

First 

  Quarter 

Interest income ………………………… 
Interest expense ………………………... 
Net interest income ……………………. 

 $ 62,151 
      25,919 
       36,232 

 $ 15,956 
      6,537 
           9,419 

 $ 16,085 
      6,443 
           9,642 

 $ 15,249 
       6,461 
         8,788 

 $ 14,861 
      6,478 
        8,383 

Provision for loan losses ………………. 
Net interest income, after provision for 
 loan losses ……………………………. 

819 

130 

420 

269 

              - 

35,413 

9,289 

9,222 

8,519 

8,383 

Non-interest income …………………… 
Non-interest expense …………………... 
Income before income taxes …………… 

       20,153 
      28,780 
       26,786 

          6,407 
           7,600 
          8,096 

          4,906 
          7,000 
          7,128 

         4,114 
         7,215 
            5,418 

        4,726 
        6,965 
        6,144 

Provision for income taxes ……………..           11,717 
 $ 15,069 
Net income …………………………….. 

           3,813 
 $  4,283 

           3,014 
 $  4,114 

            2,327 
 $  3,091 

         2,563 
 $  3,581 

Basic earnings per share ……………….. 
Diluted earnings per share ……………... 

$     2.24 
$     2.09 

$    0.64 
$    0.60 

$    0.61 
$    0.57 

$    0.46 
$    0.43 

$    0.53 
$    0.49 

103 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

For Fiscal Year 2003  

For the 
Year Ended   
June 30, 
2003 

Fourth 
  Quarter 

Third 

  Quarter 

Second 
  Quarter 

First 

  Quarter 

Interest income ………………………… 
Interest expense ………………………... 
Net interest income ……………………. 

 $ 59,856 
      28,413 
       31,443 

 $ 15,061 
      6,693 
           8,368 

 $ 15,031 
      6,862 
          8,169 

 $ 15,153 
       7,318 
         7,835 

 $ 14,611 
      7,540 
        7,071 

Provision for loan losses ………………. 
Net interest income, after provision for 
 loan losses ……………………………. 

1,055 

85 

205 

565 

                200 

30,388 

8,283 

7,964 

7,270 

6,871 

Non-interest income …………………… 
Non-interest expense …………………... 
Income before income taxes …………… 

       25,771 
      27,913 
       28,246 

        6,774 
           7,157 
        7,900 

          6,700 
          6,980 
          7,684 

         6,236 
         7,081 
            6,425 

        6,061 
        6,695 
        6,237 

Provision for income taxes ……………..           11,357 
 $ 16,889 
Net income …………………………….. 

           3,182 
 $  4,718 

          3,096 
 $  4,588 

            2,536 
 $  3,889 

         2,543 
 $  3,694 

Basic earnings per share ……………….. 
Diluted earnings per share ……………... 

$     2.37 
$     2.20 

$    0.68 
$    0.63 

$    0.66 
$    0.61 

$    0.54 
$    0.50 

$    0.49 
$    0.46 

20.  Subsequent Events: 

Cash Dividend   
On July 22, 2004, the Corporation announced a cash dividend of $0.10 per share on the Corporation’s outstanding 
shares  of  common  stock  for  shareholders  of  record  at  the  close  of  business  on  August  17,  2004,  payable  on 
September 10, 2004. 

104 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shareholder Information

ANNUAL MEETING
The annual meeting of shareholders will be held at the
Riverside  Art  Museum  at  3425  Mission  Inn  Avenue,
Riverside, California  on Thursday, November  18, 2004
at 11:00 a.m. Pacific time. A formal notice of the meet-
ing, together with a proxy statement and proxy form,
will be mailed to shareholders.

MARKET INFORMATION
Provident Financial Holdings, Inc. is traded on the NAS-
DAQ Stock Market under the symbol PROV.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Requests for copies of the Form 10-K and Forms 10-Q
filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission
should be directed in writing to:

CORPORATE OFFICE
Provident Financial Holdings, Inc.
3756 Central Avenue
Riverside, CA 92506
(951) 686-6060

INTERNET ADDRESS
www.myprovident.com

SPECIAL COUNSEL
Breyer & Associates PC
8180 Greensboro Drive, Suite 785
McLean, VA 22102
(703) 883-1100

INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
Deloitte & Touche LLP
695 Town Center Drive
Costa Mesa, CA 92626
(714) 436-7100

TRANSFER AGENT
Registrar and Transfer Company
10 Commerce Drive
Cranford, NJ 07016
(908) 497-2300

Donavon P. Ternes
Chief Financial Officer
Provident Financial Holdings, Inc.
3756 Central Avenue
Riverside, CA 92506

CORPORATE PROFILE
Provident Financial Holdings, Inc. (the “Corporation”), a
Delaware corporation, was organized in January 1996
for the purpose of becoming the holding company for
Provident  Savings  Bank, F.S.B. (the “Bank”)  upon  the
Bank’s  conversion  from  a  federal  mutual  to  a  federal
stock savings bank (“Conversion”).The Conversion was
completed on June 27, 1996.The Corporation does not
engage in any significant activity other than holding
the  stock  of  the  Bank. The  Bank  serves  the  banking
needs  of  select  communities  in  Riverside  and  San
Bernardino Counties and has mortgage lending oper-
ations in Southern California.

Board of Directors and Senior Officers

Board of Directors

Senior Officers

Joseph P. Barr, CPA
Principal
Swenson Accountancy Corporation

Bruce W. Bennett
President
Community Care & Rehabilitation Center

Craig G. Blunden
Chairman, President and CEO
Provident Bank

Debbi H. Guthrie
President
Roy O. Huffman Roofing Company

Seymour  M. Jacobs
Managing Member
Jacobs Asset Management, LLC and JAM
Managers, LLC

Robert G. Schrader
Retired Executive Vice President and COO
Provident Bank

Roy H. Taylor
President
Talbot Insurance and Financial Services  
A Hub International Company

William E. Thomas
Principal
William E. Thomas, Inc.,
A Professional Law Corporation

Provident Financial Holdings, Inc.

Craig G. Blunden
Chairman, President and CEO

Donavon P. Ternes
Chief Financial Officer
Corporate Secretary

Provident Bank    

Craig G. Blunden
Chairman, President and CEO

Lilian Brunner
Senior Vice President
Chief Information Officer

Thomas “Lee” Fenn 
Senior Vice President
Chief Lending Officer

Richard L. Gale
Senior Vice President
Provident Bank Mortgage

Milton J. Knox
Senior Vice President
Retail Banking

Donavon P. Ternes
Senior Vice President
Chief Financial Officer

Provident Locations

Blythe
350 E. Hobson Way
Blythe, CA 92225

Canyon Crest
5225 Canyon Crest Drive, Suite 86
Riverside, CA 92507

Corona
487 Magnolia Avenue, Suite 101
Corona, CA 92879

Corporate Office
3756 Central Avenue
Riverside CA 92506

Downtown Business Center
4001 Main Street
Riverside, CA 92501

Hemet
1690 E. Florida Avenue
Hemet, CA 92544

Moreno Valley
12460 Heacock Street
Moreno Valley, CA 92553

Faster funded home loans.

TM

Division Office
3756 Central Avenue
Riverside, CA 92506

WHOLESALE OFFICE

Rancho Cucamonga
10370 Commerce Center Drive, Suite 200
Rancho Cucamonga, CA 91730

RETAIL OFFICES

Call Center
6674 Brockton Avenue
Riverside, CA 92506

City of Industry
17800 Castleton Street, Suite 358
City of Industry, CA 91748

Corona
2275 Sampson Avenue, Suite 106
Corona, CA 92879

Fullerton
1440 N. Harbor Boulevard, Suite 708
Fullerton, CA 92835

Orangecrest
19348 Van Buren Boulevard, Suite 119
Riverside, CA 92508

Glendora
1200 E. Route 66, Suite 102
Glendora, CA 91740

Rancho Mirage
71-991 Highway 111
Ranch Mirage, CA 92270

Redlands
125 E. Citrus Avenue
Redlands, CA 92373

Sun City
27010 Sun City Boulevard
Sun City, CA 92586

Temecula
40325 Winchester Road
Temecula, CA 92591

La Quinta
51-105 Avenida Villa, Suite 201
La Quinta, CA 92253

Rancho Mirage
71-991 Highway 111
Rancho Mirage, CA 92270

Riverside
6529 Riverside Avenue, Suite 160
Riverside, CA 92506

Torrance
22805 Hawthorne Boulevard
Torrance, CA 90505

Customer Information 1-800-442-5201 or www.myprovident.com

TM

Provident Financial Holdings, Inc.

Corporate Office
3756 Central Avenue, Riverside, California 92506
(951) 686-6060

www.myprovident.com

NASDAQ STOCK MARKET - PROV